projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
ld: fix ld-elf/linux-x86.exp for r/o source tree
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
27
28 #include "sysdep.h"
29 #include <stdarg.h>
30 #include "bfd.h"
31 #include "bfdlink.h"
32 #include "libbfd.h"
33 #include "elf-bfd.h"
34 #include "elf/ppc.h"
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "dwarf2.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
44 {
45 split16a_type = 0,
46 split16d_type
47 }
48 split16_format_type;
49
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
56
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 section. */
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
75 ((4*4 \
76 + (h != NULL \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
88 {
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 0x60000000, /* nop */
97 };
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
100 {
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
109 };
110
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
115 {
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 };
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
127 {
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
136 };
137
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 a shared library. */
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define B 0x48000000
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 \f
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205
206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
207
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
212
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
216
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
221
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
225
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
229
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
233
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
238
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
243
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
249
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
255
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
259
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
263
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 zero. */
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
269
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 be zero. */
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
275
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 symbol. */
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
280
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 the symbol. */
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
285
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 the symbol. */
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
290
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 the symbol. */
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
295
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
300
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
308
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 entries. */
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
313
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
317
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 addend. */
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
323
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
329
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
333
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
337
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
341
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
346
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
351
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 the symbol. */
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
356
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 the symbol. */
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
361
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 the symbol. */
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
366
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 small data items. */
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
371
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
375
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
379
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
383
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
387
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
391
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
394
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
397
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
401
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
404
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
409
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
415
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
419
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
423
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
427
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
431
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
436
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
440
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
444
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
448
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
452
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
458
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
462
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
466
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
470
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 first entry. */
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
476
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
480
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
484
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
488
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
493
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
497
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
501
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
505
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
510
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
514
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
518
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
522
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
529
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
533
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
537
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
541
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 is negative. */
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
547
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
553
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
559
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 small data items. */
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
564
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
570
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
583
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
587
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
591
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
595
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
599
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
603
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
607
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
611
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
615
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
619
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
625
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
629
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
633
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
637
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
641
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
645
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
649
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
653
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
657
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
660
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
664
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
668
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
672
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
677
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
681
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
685
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
688 NULL),
689
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
692 NULL),
693
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
697 };
698 \f
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
700
701 static void
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 {
704 unsigned int i, type;
705
706 for (i = 0;
707 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
708 i++)
709 {
710 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
711 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
713 abort ();
714 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
715 }
716 }
717
718 static reloc_howto_type *
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
721 {
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
723
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
727
728 switch (code)
729 {
730 default:
731 return NULL;
732
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
839 break;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
842 break;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
845 break;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
848 break;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
851 break;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
853 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
854 break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
863 }
864
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
866 };
867
868 static reloc_howto_type *
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
870 const char *r_name)
871 {
872 unsigned int i;
873
874 for (i = 0;
875 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
876 i++)
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
880
881 return NULL;
882 }
883
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
885
886 static bfd_boolean
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
888 arelent *cache_ptr,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
890 {
891 unsigned int r_type;
892
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896
897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
898 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
899 {
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 abfd, r_type);
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
904 return FALSE;
905 }
906
907 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
908
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
912 {
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 abfd, r_type);
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
917
918 return FALSE;
919 }
920
921 return TRUE;
922 }
923
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
928 arelent *reloc_entry,
929 asymbol *symbol,
930 void *data,
931 asection *input_section,
932 bfd *output_bfd,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
934 {
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
936 long insn;
937 bfd_size_type octets;
938 bfd_vma value;
939
940 if (output_bfd != NULL)
941 {
942 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
943 return bfd_reloc_ok;
944 }
945
946 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
947 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
948 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue;
950
951 value = 0;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
953 value = symbol->value;
954 value += (reloc_entry->addend
955 + symbol->section->output_offset
956 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
957 value -= (reloc_entry->address
958 + input_section->output_offset
959 + input_section->output_section->vma);
960 value >>= 16;
961
962 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
963 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
964 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
965 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 return bfd_reloc_ok;
968 }
969
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
972 arelent *reloc_entry,
973 asymbol *symbol,
974 void *data,
975 asection *input_section,
976 bfd *output_bfd,
977 char **error_message)
978 {
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
981 link time. */
982 if (output_bfd != NULL)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
984 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
985
986 if (error_message != NULL)
987 {
988 static char buf[60];
989 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry->howto->name);
991 *error_message = buf;
992 }
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
994 }
995 \f
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 {
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 asection *section;
1002 /* Section name. */
1003 const char *name;
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t;
1011
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1015
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 {
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 bfd_vma offset;
1022 /* addend used */
1023 bfd_vma addend;
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1027
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 {
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1031
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1035
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1039 };
1040
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1052
1053 static bfd_boolean
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1055 {
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1058 }
1059
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1061
1062 bfd_boolean
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1064 {
1065 unsigned long mach = 0;
1066 asection *s;
1067 unsigned char *contents;
1068
1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1071 {
1072
1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1075 break;
1076 if (s != NULL)
1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1078 }
1079
1080 if (mach == 0)
1081 {
1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1083 if (s != NULL
1084 && s->size >= 24
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1086 {
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1088 unsigned int i;
1089
1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1091 {
1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1093 switch (val >> 16)
1094 {
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1097 if (mach == 0)
1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1099 break;
1100
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1112 break;
1113
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1116 break;
1117
1118 default:
1119 mach = -1ul;
1120 }
1121 }
1122 free (contents);
1123 }
1124 }
1125
1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1127 {
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1129
1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1131 if (arch->mach == mach)
1132 {
1133 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1134 break;
1135 }
1136 }
1137 return TRUE;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1142
1143 static bfd_boolean
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1145 {
1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1147 return TRUE;
1148
1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1150 {
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1152
1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1154 {
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1158 }
1159 }
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1164
1165 static bfd_boolean
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1167 {
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1170
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1173 return TRUE;
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1177
1178 static bfd_boolean
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1180 {
1181 int offset;
1182 unsigned int size;
1183
1184 switch (note->descsz)
1185 {
1186 default:
1187 return FALSE;
1188
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 /* pr_cursig */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1192
1193 /* pr_pid */
1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1195
1196 /* pr_reg */
1197 offset = 72;
1198 size = 192;
1199
1200 break;
1201 }
1202
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1205 size, note->descpos + offset);
1206 }
1207
1208 static bfd_boolean
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1210 {
1211 switch (note->descsz)
1212 {
1213 default:
1214 return FALSE;
1215
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1228
1229 {
1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1231 int n = strlen (command);
1232
1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1234 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1235 }
1236
1237 return TRUE;
1238 }
1239
1240 static char *
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1242 {
1243 switch (note_type)
1244 {
1245 default:
1246 return NULL;
1247
1248 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1249 {
1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1251 va_list ap;
1252
1253 va_start (ap, note_type);
1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 */
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1263 #endif
1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1267 #endif
1268 va_end (ap);
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1271 }
1272
1273 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1274 {
1275 char data[268];
1276 va_list ap;
1277 long pid;
1278 int cursig;
1279 const void *greg;
1280
1281 va_start (ap, note_type);
1282 memset (data, 0, 72);
1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1290 va_end (ap);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1293 }
1294 }
1295 }
1296
1297 static flagword
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1299 {
1300
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1303
1304 return 0;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1309
1310 static bfd_vma
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1313 const arelent *rel)
1314 {
1315 return rel->address;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 type. */
1321
1322 static bfd_boolean
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1325 const char *name,
1326 int shindex)
1327 {
1328 asection *newsect;
1329 flagword flags;
1330
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1332 return FALSE;
1333
1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1335 flags = 0;
1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1338
1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1341
1342 if (strncmp (name, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1343 name += 8;
1344 if (strncmp (name, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1347
1348 return (flags == 0
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1350 }
1351
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1353
1354 static bfd_boolean
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1357 asection *asect)
1358 {
1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1361
1362 return TRUE;
1363 }
1364
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1367
1368 static int
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1371 {
1372 asection *s;
1373 int ret = 0;
1374
1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1377 ++ret;
1378
1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1381 ++ret;
1382
1383 return ret;
1384 }
1385
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1387
1388 bfd_boolean
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1391 {
1392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1393
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399
1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1401 {
1402 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1403 size_t amt;
1404 unsigned int j, k;
1405 unsigned int p_flags;
1406
1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1408 continue;
1409
1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1411 {
1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1413 p_flags |= PF_W;
1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1415 {
1416 p_flags |= PF_X;
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1419 break;
1420 }
1421 }
1422 if (j != m->count)
1423 while (++j != m->count)
1424 {
1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1426
1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1430 {
1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1435 break;
1436 }
1437 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1438 }
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1444 {
1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1446 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1447 }
1448 if (j == m->count)
1449 continue;
1450
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454
1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1458 if (n == NULL)
1459 return FALSE;
1460
1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1462 n->count = m->count - j;
1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1465 m->count = j;
1466 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1467 n->next = m->next;
1468 m->next = n;
1469 }
1470
1471 return TRUE;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1477 2 sections. */
1478
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1480 {
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1491 };
1492
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1496
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1499 {
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1501
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec->name == NULL)
1504 return NULL;
1505
1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1507 sec->use_rela_p);
1508 if (ssect != NULL)
1509 {
1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1512 return ssect;
1513 }
1514
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1516 }
1517 \f
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 {
1521 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1522 unsigned long value;
1523 }
1524 apuinfo_list;
1525
1526 static apuinfo_list *head;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set;
1528
1529 static void
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1531 {
1532 head = NULL;
1533 apuinfo_set = FALSE;
1534 }
1535
1536 static void
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1538 {
1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1540
1541 while (entry != NULL)
1542 {
1543 if (entry->value == value)
1544 return;
1545 entry = entry->next;
1546 }
1547
1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1549 if (entry == NULL)
1550 return;
1551
1552 entry->value = value;
1553 entry->next = head;
1554 head = entry;
1555 }
1556
1557 static unsigned
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 {
1560 apuinfo_list *entry;
1561 unsigned long count;
1562
1563 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1564 entry;
1565 entry = entry->next)
1566 ++ count;
1567
1568 return count;
1569 }
1570
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1573 {
1574 apuinfo_list * entry;
1575
1576 for (entry = head;
1577 entry && number --;
1578 entry = entry->next)
1579 ;
1580
1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1582 }
1583
1584 static void
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 {
1587 apuinfo_list *entry;
1588
1589 for (entry = head; entry;)
1590 {
1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1592 free (entry);
1593 entry = next;
1594 }
1595
1596 head = NULL;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1601
1602 static void
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1604 {
1605 bfd *ibfd;
1606 asection *asec;
1607 char *buffer = NULL;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1609 unsigned i;
1610 unsigned long length;
1611 const char *error_message = NULL;
1612
1613 if (link_info == NULL)
1614 return;
1615
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1620 {
1621 unsigned long datum;
1622
1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1624 if (asec == NULL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length = asec->size;
1630 if (length < 20)
1631 goto fail;
1632
1633 apuinfo_set = TRUE;
1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1635 {
1636 free (buffer);
1637 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1638 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1639 if (!buffer)
1640 return;
1641 }
1642
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1645 {
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1648 goto fail;
1649 }
1650
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1655 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1656 goto fail;
1657
1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1659 if (datum != 0x2)
1660 goto fail;
1661
1662 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1663 goto fail;
1664
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1667 if (datum + 20 != length)
1668 goto fail;
1669
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1673 }
1674
1675 error_message = NULL;
1676
1677 if (apuinfo_set)
1678 {
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1681
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1684
1685 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1686 {
1687 ibfd = abfd;
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693 fail:
1694 free (buffer);
1695
1696 if (error_message)
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1698 }
1699
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1702
1703 static bfd_boolean
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1705 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1706 asection *asec,
1707 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1708 {
1709 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1710 }
1711
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1713
1714 static void
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1716 {
1717 bfd_byte *buffer;
1718 asection *asec;
1719 unsigned i;
1720 unsigned num_entries;
1721 bfd_size_type length;
1722
1723 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1724 if (asec == NULL)
1725 return;
1726
1727 if (!apuinfo_set)
1728 return;
1729
1730 length = asec->size;
1731 if (length < 20)
1732 return;
1733
1734 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1735 if (buffer == NULL)
1736 {
1737 _bfd_error_handler
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1739 return;
1740 }
1741
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1748
1749 length = 20;
1750 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1751 {
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1753 length += 4;
1754 }
1755
1756 if (length != asec->size)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1761
1762 free (buffer);
1763
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1765 }
1766
1767 static bfd_boolean
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1769 {
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1772 }
1773 \f
1774 static bfd_boolean
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1776 {
1777 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1778
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1780 return FALSE;
1781
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1786 }
1787
1788 static bfd_boolean
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1790 {
1791 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1792 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1793 && section->vma <= vma
1794 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1795 }
1796
1797 static long
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1799 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1800 asymbol **ret)
1801 {
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
1803 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1806 bfd_vma stub_off;
1807 asymbol *s;
1808 arelent *p;
1809 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1810 size_t size;
1811 char *names;
1812 bfd_byte buf[4];
1813
1814 *ret = NULL;
1815
1816 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1817 return 0;
1818
1819 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1820 return 0;
1821
1822 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1823 if (relplt == NULL)
1824 return 0;
1825
1826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1827 if (plt == NULL)
1828 return 0;
1829
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1833 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1834
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic != NULL)
1839 {
1840 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1841 size_t extdynsize;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1843
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1845 return -1;
1846
1847 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1848 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1849
1850 extdyn = dynbuf;
1851 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1852 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1853 {
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1856
1857 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1858 break;
1859
1860 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1861 {
1862 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1863 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1864 if (got != NULL
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1866 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1868 break;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 free (dynbuf);
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1875 if (glink_vma == 0)
1876 {
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1879 }
1880
1881 if (glink_vma == 0)
1882 return 0;
1883
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1888 if (glink == NULL)
1889 return 0;
1890
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1894 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1895 {
1896 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1897
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1899 insn ^= B;
1900 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1902
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1905 for (i = 4;
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1907 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1908 i += 4)
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1910 {
1911 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1912 break;
1913 }
1914 }
1915
1916 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1924 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1926 break;
1927 if (stub_delta > 32)
1928 return 0;
1929
1930 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
1932 return -1;
1933
1934 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1935 p = relplt->relocation;
1936 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1937 {
1938 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1939 if (p->addend != 0)
1940 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1941 }
1942
1943 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1944
1945 if (resolv_vma)
1946 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1947
1948 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1949 if (s == NULL)
1950 return -1;
1951
1952 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1953 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1954 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1955 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1956 {
1957 size_t len;
1958
1959 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1961 stub_off -= 32;
1962 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1966 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1967 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1968 s->section = glink;
1969 s->value = stub_off;
1970 s->name = names;
1971 s->udata.p = NULL;
1972 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1973 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1974 names += len;
1975 if (p->addend != 0)
1976 {
1977 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1980 names += strlen (names);
1981 }
1982 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1984 ++s;
1985 --p;
1986 }
1987
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1990 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1991 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1992 s->section = glink;
1993 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1994 s->name = names;
1995 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1997 s++;
1998 count++;
1999
2000 if (resolv_vma)
2001 {
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2004 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2005 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2006 s->section = glink;
2007 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2008 s->name = names;
2009 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2011 s++;
2012 count++;
2013 }
2014
2015 return count;
2016 }
2017 \f
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2023 called. */
2024
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2027 struct plt_entry
2028 {
2029 struct plt_entry *next;
2030
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2036 bfd_vma addend;
2037
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2039 asection *sec;
2040
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2042 union
2043 {
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2045 bfd_vma offset;
2046 } plt;
2047
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2050 };
2051
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2055
2056 static int
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2059 {
2060 switch (r_type)
2061 {
2062 default:
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2067 return 1;
2068
2069 case R_PPC_REL24:
2070 case R_PPC_REL14:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2073 case R_PPC_REL32:
2074 return 0;
2075
2076 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2084 }
2085 }
2086
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2090 shared lib. */
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2092
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2095 {
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2097
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2099 asection *sec;
2100
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count : 31;
2103
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2106 };
2107
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2109
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2111 {
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2113
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2118
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask;
2135
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2141
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2143 symbol. */
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2145
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2149 };
2150
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2152
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2154
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2156 {
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2158
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2161
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2163 asection *glink;
2164 asection *dynsbss;
2165 asection *relsbss;
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2167 asection *sbss;
2168 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2169 asection *pltlocal;
2170 asection *relpltlocal;
2171
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2173 asection *srelplt2;
2174
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2177
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2179 bfd *old_bfd;
2180
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2182 union {
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2184 bfd_vma offset;
2185 } tlsld_got;
2186
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2189
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap;
2194
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2197
2198 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2199 unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
2200
2201 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2202 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2203 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2204 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2205
2206 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2207 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2208
2209 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2210 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2211
2212 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2213 int plt_entry_size;
2214 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2215 int plt_slot_size;
2216 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2217 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2218
2219 /* Small local sym cache. */
2220 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2221 };
2222
2223 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2224 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2225
2226 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2227 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2228
2229 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2230 relocs. */
2231 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2232
2233 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2234 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2235
2236 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2237
2238 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2239 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2240 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2241
2242 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2243
2244 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2245 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2246 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2247 const char *string)
2248 {
2249 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2250 subclass. */
2251 if (entry == NULL)
2252 {
2253 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2254 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2255 if (entry == NULL)
2256 return entry;
2257 }
2258
2259 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2260 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2261 if (entry != NULL)
2262 {
2263 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2264 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2266 }
2267
2268 return entry;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2272
2273 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2275 {
2276 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2277 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2278 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2279
2280 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2281 if (ret == NULL)
2282 return NULL;
2283
2284 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2285 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2286 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2287 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2288 {
2289 free (ret);
2290 return NULL;
2291 }
2292
2293 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2294 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2295 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2296 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2297
2298 ret->params = &default_params;
2299
2300 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2301 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2302 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2303
2304 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2305 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2306 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2307
2308 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2309 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2310 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2311
2312 return &ret->elf.root;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2316
2317 void
2318 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2319 {
2320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2321
2322 if (htab)
2323 htab->params = params;
2324 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2325 }
2326
2327 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2328
2329 static bfd_boolean
2330 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2331 {
2332 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2333
2334 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2335 return FALSE;
2336
2337 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2338 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
2339 {
2340 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2341 executable. */
2342 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2343 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2344 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2345 return FALSE;
2346 }
2347
2348 return TRUE;
2349 }
2350
2351 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2352 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2353 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2354
2355 static bfd_boolean
2356 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2357 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2358 flagword flags,
2359 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2360 {
2361 asection *s;
2362
2363 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2364 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2365
2366 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2367 if (s == NULL)
2368 return FALSE;
2369 lsect->section = s;
2370
2371 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2372 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2373
2374 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2375 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2376 return FALSE;
2377 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2378 return TRUE;
2379 }
2380
2381 static bfd_boolean
2382 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2383 {
2384 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2385 asection *s;
2386 flagword flags;
2387 int p2align;
2388
2389 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2390 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2391 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2392 htab->glink = s;
2393 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2394 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2395 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2396 if (s == NULL
2397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2398 return FALSE;
2399
2400 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2401 {
2402 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2403 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2404 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2405 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2406 if (s == NULL
2407 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2408 return FALSE;
2409 }
2410
2411 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2412 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2413 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2414 if (s == NULL
2415 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2416 return FALSE;
2417
2418 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2419 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2420 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2421 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2422 if (s == NULL
2423 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2424 return FALSE;
2425
2426 /* Local plt entries. */
2427 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2428 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2429 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2430 flags);
2431 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2432 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2433 return FALSE;
2434
2435 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2436 {
2437 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2438 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2439 htab->relpltlocal
2440 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2441 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2442 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2443 return FALSE;
2444 }
2445
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2447 &htab->sdata[0]))
2448 return FALSE;
2449
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2451 &htab->sdata[1]))
2452 return FALSE;
2453
2454 return TRUE;
2455 }
2456
2457 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2458 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2459 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2460
2461 static bfd_boolean
2462 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2463 {
2464 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2465 asection *s;
2466 flagword flags;
2467
2468 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2469
2470 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2471 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2472 return FALSE;
2473
2474 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2475 return FALSE;
2476
2477 if (htab->glink == NULL
2478 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2479 return FALSE;
2480
2481 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2482 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2483 htab->dynsbss = s;
2484 if (s == NULL)
2485 return FALSE;
2486
2487 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2488 {
2489 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2490 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2491 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2492 htab->relsbss = s;
2493 if (s == NULL
2494 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2495 return FALSE;
2496 }
2497
2498 if (htab->is_vxworks
2499 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2500 return FALSE;
2501
2502 s = htab->elf.splt;
2503 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2504 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2505 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2506 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2507 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2508 }
2509
2510 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2511
2512 static void
2513 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2515 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2516 {
2517 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2518
2519 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2520 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2521
2522 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2523 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2524
2525 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2526 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2527 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2528 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2529 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2530 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2531 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2532
2533 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2534 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2535 return;
2536
2537 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2538 {
2539 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2540 {
2541 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2543
2544 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2545 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2546 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2547 {
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2549
2550 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2551 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2552 {
2553 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2554 q->count += p->count;
2555 *pp = p->next;
2556 break;
2557 }
2558 if (q == NULL)
2559 pp = &p->next;
2560 }
2561 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2562 }
2563
2564 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2565 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2566 }
2567
2568 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2569 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2570 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2571 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2572
2573 /* And plt entries. */
2574 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2575 {
2576 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2577 {
2578 struct plt_entry **entp;
2579 struct plt_entry *ent;
2580
2581 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2582 {
2583 struct plt_entry *dent;
2584
2585 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2586 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2587 {
2588 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2589 *entp = ent->next;
2590 break;
2591 }
2592 if (dent == NULL)
2593 entp = &ent->next;
2594 }
2595 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2596 }
2597
2598 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2599 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2600 }
2601
2602 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2603 {
2604 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2605 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2606 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2607 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2609 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2610 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2615 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2616
2617 static bfd_boolean
2618 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2619 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2620 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2621 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 asection **secp,
2624 bfd_vma *valp)
2625 {
2626 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2627 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2628 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2629 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2630 {
2631 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2632 put into .sbss. */
2633 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2634
2635 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2636 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2637 {
2638 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2639
2640 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2641 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2642
2643 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2644 ".sbss",
2645 flags);
2646 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2647 return FALSE;
2648 }
2649
2650 *secp = htab->sbss;
2651 *valp = sym->st_size;
2652 }
2653
2654 return TRUE;
2655 }
2656 \f
2657 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2658
2659 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2660 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2661 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2662 bfd_vma addend,
2663 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2664 {
2665 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2666 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2667 return linker_pointers;
2668
2669 return NULL;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2673
2674 static bfd_boolean
2675 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2676 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2677 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2678 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2679 {
2680 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2681 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2682 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2683 bfd_size_type amt;
2684
2685 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2686
2687 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2688 if (h != NULL)
2689 {
2690 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2691
2692 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2693 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2694 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2695 rel->r_addend,
2696 lsect))
2697 return TRUE;
2698
2699 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2700 }
2701 else
2702 {
2703 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2704
2705 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2706 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2707
2708 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2709 if (!ptr)
2710 {
2711 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2712
2713 amt = num_symbols;
2714 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2715 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2716
2717 if (!ptr)
2718 return FALSE;
2719
2720 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2721 }
2722
2723 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2724 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2725 rel->r_addend,
2726 lsect))
2727 return TRUE;
2728
2729 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2730 }
2731
2732 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2733 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2734 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2735 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2736 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2737
2738 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2739 return FALSE;
2740
2741 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2742 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2743 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2744 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2745
2746 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2747 return FALSE;
2748 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2749 lsect->section->size += 4;
2750
2751 #ifdef DEBUG
2752 fprintf (stderr,
2753 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2754 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2755 (long) lsect->section->size);
2756 #endif
2757
2758 return TRUE;
2759 }
2760
2761 static struct plt_entry **
2762 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2763 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2764 unsigned long r_symndx,
2765 int tls_type)
2766 {
2767 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2768 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2769 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2770
2771 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2772 {
2773 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2774
2775 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2776 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2777 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2778 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2779 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2780 return NULL;
2781 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2782 }
2783
2784 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2785 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2786 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2787 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2788 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2789 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2790 }
2791
2792 static bfd_boolean
2793 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2794 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2795 {
2796 struct plt_entry *ent;
2797
2798 if (addend < 32768)
2799 sec = NULL;
2800 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2801 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2802 break;
2803 if (ent == NULL)
2804 {
2805 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2806 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2807 if (ent == NULL)
2808 return FALSE;
2809 ent->next = *plist;
2810 ent->sec = sec;
2811 ent->addend = addend;
2812 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2813 *plist = ent;
2814 }
2815 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2816 return TRUE;
2817 }
2818
2819 static struct plt_entry *
2820 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2821 {
2822 struct plt_entry *ent;
2823
2824 if (addend < 32768)
2825 sec = NULL;
2826 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2827 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2828 break;
2829 return ent;
2830 }
2831
2832 static bfd_boolean
2833 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2834 {
2835 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2836 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2837 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2846 }
2847
2848 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2849
2850 static bfd_boolean
2851 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2852 {
2853 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2854 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2855 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2856 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2857 }
2858
2859 static void
2860 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2861 {
2862 _bfd_error_handler
2863 /* xgettext:c-format */
2864 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2865 abfd,
2866 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2868 }
2869
2870 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2871 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2872 table. */
2873
2874 static bfd_boolean
2875 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2876 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2877 asection *sec,
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2879 {
2880 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2881 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2882 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2885 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2887
2888 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2889 return TRUE;
2890
2891 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2892 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2893 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2894 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2895 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2896 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2897 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2898 return TRUE;
2899
2900 #ifdef DEBUG
2901 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2902 sec, abfd);
2903 #endif
2904
2905 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2906
2907 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2908 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2909 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2910
2911 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2912 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2913 {
2914 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2915 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2916 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2917 return FALSE;
2918 }
2919 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2920 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
2921 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2922 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2923 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2924 sreloc = NULL;
2925
2926 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2927 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2928 {
2929 unsigned long r_symndx;
2930 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2932 int tls_type;
2933 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2934 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2935 bfd_vma addend;
2936
2937 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2938 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2939 h = NULL;
2940 else
2941 {
2942 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2943 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2944 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2945 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2946 }
2947
2948 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2949 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2950 startup code. */
2951 if (h != NULL
2952 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2953 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2954 {
2955 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2956 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2957 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2958 return FALSE;
2959 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2960 }
2961
2962 tls_type = 0;
2963 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2964 ifunc = NULL;
2965 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
2966 {
2967 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2968 abfd, r_symndx);
2969 if (isym == NULL)
2970 return FALSE;
2971
2972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2973 {
2974 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2975 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2976 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2977 if (ifunc == NULL)
2978 return FALSE;
2979
2980 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2981 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2982 no plt calls. */
2983 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2984 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2985 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2986 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2987 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2988 {
2989 addend = 0;
2990 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2991 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2992 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2993 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2994 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2995 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2996 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
2997 addend = rel->r_addend;
2998 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
2999 return FALSE;
3000 }
3001 }
3002 }
3003
3004 if (!htab->is_vxworks
3005 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3006 && h != NULL
3007 && h == tga)
3008 {
3009 if (rel != relocs
3010 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3011 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3012 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3013 reloc. */
3014 ;
3015 else
3016 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3017 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3018 }
3019
3020 switch (r_type)
3021 {
3022 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3023 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3024 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3025 its parameter symbol. */
3026 if (h != NULL)
3027 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3028 else
3029 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3030 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3031 return FALSE;
3032 break;
3033
3034 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3035 break;
3036
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3041 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3042 goto dogottls;
3043
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3048 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3049 goto dogottls;
3050
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3054 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3055 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3056 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3057 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3058 goto dogottls;
3059
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3061 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3062 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3063 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3064 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3065 dogottls:
3066 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3067 /* Fall through. */
3068
3069 /* GOT16 relocations */
3070 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3071 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3072 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3073 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3074 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3075 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3076 {
3077 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3078 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3079 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3080 return FALSE;
3081 }
3082 if (h != NULL)
3083 {
3084 h->got.refcount += 1;
3085 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3086 }
3087 else
3088 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3089 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3090 return FALSE;
3091
3092 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3093 an ifunc. */
3094 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3095 {
3096 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3097 return FALSE;
3098 }
3099 break;
3100
3101 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3102 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3103 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3104 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3105 h, rel))
3106 return FALSE;
3107 if (h != NULL)
3108 {
3109 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3110 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3111 }
3112 break;
3113
3114 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3115 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3116 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3117 {
3118 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3119 return FALSE;
3120 }
3121 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3122 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3123 h, rel))
3124 return FALSE;
3125 if (h != NULL)
3126 {
3127 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3128 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3129 }
3130 break;
3131
3132 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3133 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3134 /* Fall through. */
3135
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3142 if (h != NULL)
3143 {
3144 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3145 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3146 }
3147 break;
3148
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3159 break;
3160
3161 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3162 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3163 {
3164 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3165 return FALSE;
3166 }
3167 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3168 if (h != NULL)
3169 {
3170 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3171 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3172 }
3173 break;
3174
3175 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3176 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3177 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3178 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3179 if (h != NULL)
3180 {
3181 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3182 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3183 }
3184 break;
3185
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3191 if (h != NULL)
3192 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3193 break;
3194
3195 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3196 if (h == NULL)
3197 break;
3198 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3199 goto pltentry;
3200
3201 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3202 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3203 /* Fall through. */
3204
3205 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3206 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3207 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3208 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3209 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3210 pltentry:
3211 #ifdef DEBUG
3212 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3213 #endif
3214 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3215 if (h == NULL)
3216 {
3217 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3218 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3219 if (pltent == NULL)
3220 return FALSE;
3221 }
3222 else
3223 {
3224 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3225 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3226 h->needs_plt = 1;
3227 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3228 }
3229 addend = 0;
3230 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3231 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3232 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3233 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3234 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3235 addend = rel->r_addend;
3236 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3237 return FALSE;
3238 break;
3239
3240 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3241 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3242 section relative. */
3243 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3244 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3245 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3246 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3247 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3248 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3249 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3250 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3251 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3252 break;
3253
3254 case R_PPC_REL16:
3255 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3256 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3257 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3258 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3259 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3260 break;
3261
3262 /* These are just markers. */
3263 case R_PPC_TLS:
3264 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3265 case R_PPC_NONE:
3266 case R_PPC_max:
3267 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3268 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3269 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3270 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3271 break;
3272
3273 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3274 case R_PPC_COPY:
3275 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3276 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3277 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3278 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3279 break;
3280
3281 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3282 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3284 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3285 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3286 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3288 break;
3289
3290 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3291 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3292 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3293 {
3294 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3295 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3296 }
3297 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3298 {
3299 h->needs_plt = 1;
3300 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3301 return FALSE;
3302 }
3303 break;
3304
3305 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3306 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3307 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3308 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3309 return FALSE;
3310 break;
3311
3312 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3313 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3314 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3315 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3316 return FALSE;
3317 break;
3318
3319 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3320 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3321 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3322 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3323 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3325 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3326 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3327 goto dodyn;
3328
3329 /* Nor these. */
3330 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3331 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3332 goto dodyn;
3333
3334 case R_PPC_REL32:
3335 if (h == NULL
3336 && got2 != NULL
3337 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3338 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3339 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3340 {
3341 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3342 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3343 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3344 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3345 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3346 PLT call stubs. */
3347 asection *s;
3348 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3349
3350 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3351 abfd, r_symndx);
3352 if (isym == NULL)
3353 return FALSE;
3354
3355 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3356 if (s == got2)
3357 {
3358 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3359 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3360 }
3361 }
3362 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3363 break;
3364 /* fall through */
3365
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3367 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3371 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3372 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3373 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3374 {
3375 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3376 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3377 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3378 return FALSE;
3379
3380 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3381 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3382 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3383 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3385 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3387 }
3388 goto dodyn;
3389
3390 case R_PPC_REL24:
3391 case R_PPC_REL14:
3392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3393 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3394 if (h == NULL)
3395 break;
3396 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3397 {
3398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3399 {
3400 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3401 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3402 }
3403 break;
3404 }
3405 /* fall through */
3406
3407 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3408 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3411 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3412 {
3413 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3414 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3415 h->needs_plt = 1;
3416 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3417 return FALSE;
3418 break;
3419 }
3420
3421 dodyn:
3422 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3423 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3424 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3425 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3426 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3427 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3428 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3429 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3430 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3431 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3432 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3433 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3434 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3435 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3436 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3437 symbol local.
3438
3439 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3440 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3441 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3442 symbol. */
3443 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
3444 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3445 || (h != NULL
3446 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3447 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3448 || !h->def_regular))))
3449 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3450 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3451 && h != NULL
3452 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3453 || !h->def_regular)))
3454 {
3455 #ifdef DEBUG
3456 fprintf (stderr,
3457 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3458 "create relocation for %s\n",
3459 (h && h->root.root.string
3460 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3461 #endif
3462 if (sreloc == NULL)
3463 {
3464 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3465 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3466
3467 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3468 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
3469
3470 if (sreloc == NULL)
3471 return FALSE;
3472 }
3473
3474 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3475 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3476 if (h != NULL)
3477 {
3478 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3479 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3480
3481 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3482 p = *rel_head;
3483 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3484 {
3485 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3486 if (p == NULL)
3487 return FALSE;
3488 p->next = *rel_head;
3489 *rel_head = p;
3490 p->sec = sec;
3491 p->count = 0;
3492 p->pc_count = 0;
3493 }
3494 p->count += 1;
3495 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3496 p->pc_count += 1;
3497 }
3498 else
3499 {
3500 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3501 We really need local syms available to do this
3502 easily. Oh well. */
3503 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3504 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3505 bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
3506 asection *s;
3507 void *vpp;
3508 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3509
3510 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3511 abfd, r_symndx);
3512 if (isym == NULL)
3513 return FALSE;
3514
3515 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3516 if (s == NULL)
3517 s = sec;
3518
3519 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3520 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3521 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
3522 p = *rel_head;
3523 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3524 p = p->next;
3525 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3526 {
3527 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3528 if (p == NULL)
3529 return FALSE;
3530 p->next = *rel_head;
3531 *rel_head = p;
3532 p->sec = sec;
3533 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3534 p->count = 0;
3535 }
3536 p->count += 1;
3537 }
3538 }
3539
3540 break;
3541 }
3542 }
3543
3544 return TRUE;
3545 }
3546 \f
3547 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3548 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3549 bfd_boolean
3550 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3551 {
3552 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3553 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3554 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3555 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
3556 bfd_boolean warn_only;
3557
3558 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3559 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3560 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3561 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3562 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3563 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3564 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3565 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3566 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3567
3568 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3569 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3570
3571 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3572 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3573
3574 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3575 {
3576 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3577 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3578 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3579
3580 if (in_fp == 0)
3581 ;
3582 else if (out_fp == 0)
3583 {
3584 if (!warn_only)
3585 {
3586 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3587 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3588 last_fp = ibfd;
3589 }
3590 }
3591 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3592 {
3593 _bfd_error_handler
3594 /* xgettext:c-format */
3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3596 last_fp, ibfd);
3597 ret = warn_only;
3598 }
3599 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3600 {
3601 _bfd_error_handler
3602 /* xgettext:c-format */
3603 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3604 ibfd, last_fp);
3605 ret = warn_only;
3606 }
3607 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3608 {
3609 _bfd_error_handler
3610 /* xgettext:c-format */
3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3613 ret = warn_only;
3614 }
3615 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3616 {
3617 _bfd_error_handler
3618 /* xgettext:c-format */
3619 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3620 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3621 ret = warn_only;
3622 }
3623
3624 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3625 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3626 if (in_fp == 0)
3627 ;
3628 else if (out_fp == 0)
3629 {
3630 if (!warn_only)
3631 {
3632 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3633 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3634 last_ld = ibfd;
3635 }
3636 }
3637 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3638 {
3639 _bfd_error_handler
3640 /* xgettext:c-format */
3641 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3642 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3643 ret = warn_only;
3644 }
3645 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3646 {
3647 _bfd_error_handler
3648 /* xgettext:c-format */
3649 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3650 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3651 ret = warn_only;
3652 }
3653 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3654 {
3655 _bfd_error_handler
3656 /* xgettext:c-format */
3657 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3658 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3659 ret = warn_only;
3660 }
3661 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3662 {
3663 _bfd_error_handler
3664 /* xgettext:c-format */
3665 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3666 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3667 ret = warn_only;
3668 }
3669 }
3670
3671 if (!ret)
3672 {
3673 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3675 }
3676 return ret;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3680 there are conflicting attributes. */
3681 static bfd_boolean
3682 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3683 {
3684 bfd *obfd;
3685 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3686 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3687 bfd_boolean ret;
3688
3689 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3690 return FALSE;
3691
3692 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3693 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3694 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3695
3696 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3697 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3698 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3699 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3700 ret = TRUE;
3701 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3702 {
3703 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3704 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3705 static bfd *last_vec;
3706
3707 if (in_vec == 0)
3708 ;
3709 else if (out_vec == 0)
3710 {
3711 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3712 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3713 last_vec = ibfd;
3714 }
3715 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3716 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3717 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3718 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3719 case too. */
3720 else if (in_vec == 1)
3721 ;
3722 else if (out_vec == 1)
3723 {
3724 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3725 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3726 last_vec = ibfd;
3727 }
3728 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3729 {
3730 _bfd_error_handler
3731 /* xgettext:c-format */
3732 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3733 last_vec, ibfd);
3734 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3735 ret = FALSE;
3736 }
3737 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3738 {
3739 _bfd_error_handler
3740 /* xgettext:c-format */
3741 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3742 ibfd, last_vec);
3743 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3744 ret = FALSE;
3745 }
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3749 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3750 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3751 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3752 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3753 {
3754 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3755 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3756 static bfd *last_struct;
3757
3758 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3759 ;
3760 else if (out_struct == 0)
3761 {
3762 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3763 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3764 last_struct = ibfd;
3765 }
3766 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3767 {
3768 _bfd_error_handler
3769 /* xgettext:c-format */
3770 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3771 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3772 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3773 ret = FALSE;
3774 }
3775 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3776 {
3777 _bfd_error_handler
3778 /* xgettext:c-format */
3779 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3780 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3781 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3782 ret = FALSE;
3783 }
3784 }
3785 if (!ret)
3786 {
3787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3788 return FALSE;
3789 }
3790
3791 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3792 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3793 }
3794
3795 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3796 object file when linking. */
3797
3798 static bfd_boolean
3799 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3800 {
3801 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3802 flagword old_flags;
3803 flagword new_flags;
3804 bfd_boolean error;
3805
3806 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3807 return TRUE;
3808
3809 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3810 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3811 return FALSE;
3812
3813 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3814 return FALSE;
3815
3816 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3817 return TRUE;
3818
3819 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3820 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3821 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3822 {
3823 /* First call, no flags set. */
3824 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
3825 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3826 }
3827
3828 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3829 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3830 ;
3831
3832 /* Incompatible flags. */
3833 else
3834 {
3835 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3836 to be linked with either. */
3837 error = FALSE;
3838 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3839 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3840 {
3841 error = TRUE;
3842 _bfd_error_handler
3843 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3844 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3845 }
3846 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3847 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3848 {
3849 error = TRUE;
3850 _bfd_error_handler
3851 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3852 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3853 }
3854
3855 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3856 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3857 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3858
3859 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3860 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3861 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3862 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3863 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3864 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3865
3866 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3867 any module uses it. */
3868 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3869
3870 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3871 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3872
3873 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3874 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3875 {
3876 error = TRUE;
3877 _bfd_error_handler
3878 /* xgettext:c-format */
3879 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3880 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3881 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3882 }
3883
3884 if (error)
3885 {
3886 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3887 return FALSE;
3888 }
3889 }
3890
3891 return TRUE;
3892 }
3893
3894 static void
3895 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3896 asection *input_section,
3897 unsigned long offset,
3898 bfd_byte *loc,
3899 bfd_vma value,
3900 split16_format_type split16_format,
3901 bfd_boolean fixup)
3902 {
3903 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3904
3905 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3906 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3907 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3908 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3909 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3910 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3911 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3912 {
3913 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3914 {
3915 if (fixup)
3916 split16_format = split16a_type;
3917 else
3918 _bfd_error_handler
3919 /* xgettext:c-format */
3920 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3921 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3922 }
3923 }
3924 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3925 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3926 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3927 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3928 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3929 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3930 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3931 {
3932 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3933 {
3934 if (fixup)
3935 split16_format = split16d_type;
3936 else
3937 _bfd_error_handler
3938 /* xgettext:c-format */
3939 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3940 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3941 }
3942 }
3943 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3944 {
3945 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3946 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3947 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3948 {
3949 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3950 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3951 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3952 }
3953 }
3954 else
3955 {
3956 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3957 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3958 }
3959 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3960 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3961 }
3962
3963 static void
3964 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3965 {
3966 unsigned int insn;
3967
3968 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3969 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3970 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3971 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3972 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3973 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3974 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3975 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3976 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3977 }
3978
3979 \f
3980 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3981 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3982 int
3983 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3984 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3985 {
3986 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3987 flagword flags;
3988
3989 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3990
3991 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3992 {
3993 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3994
3995 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3996 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3997 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3998 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3999 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
4000 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL
4001 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
4002 || h->needs_plt)
4003 && h->ref_regular
4004 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4005 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4006 {
4007 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
4008 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
4009 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
4010 r30 to be set up. */
4011 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4012 }
4013 else
4014 {
4015 bfd *ibfd;
4016 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4017
4018 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4019 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4020 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4021 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4022 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4023 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4024 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4025 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4026 {
4027 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4028 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4029 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4030 {
4031 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4032 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4033 break;
4034 }
4035 }
4036 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4037 }
4038 }
4039 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4040 {
4041 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4042 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4043 else
4044 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4045 }
4046
4047 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4048
4049 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4050 {
4051 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4052 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4053
4054 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4055 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4056 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4057 return -1;
4058
4059 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4060 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4061 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4062 return -1;
4063 }
4064 else
4065 {
4066 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4067 if (htab->glink != NULL
4068 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4069 return -1;
4070 }
4071 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4072 }
4073 \f
4074 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4075 relocation. */
4076
4077 static asection *
4078 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4079 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4080 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4081 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4082 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4083 {
4084 if (h != NULL)
4085 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4086 {
4087 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4088 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4089 return NULL;
4090 }
4091
4092 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4093 }
4094
4095 static bfd_boolean
4096 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4097 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4098 asection **symsecp,
4099 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4100 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4101 unsigned long r_symndx,
4102 bfd *ibfd)
4103 {
4104 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4105
4106 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4107 {
4108 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4109 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4110
4111 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4112 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4113 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4114 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4115
4116 if (hp != NULL)
4117 *hp = h;
4118
4119 if (symp != NULL)
4120 *symp = NULL;
4121
4122 if (symsecp != NULL)
4123 {
4124 asection *symsec = NULL;
4125 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4126 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4127 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4128 *symsecp = symsec;
4129 }
4130
4131 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4132 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4133 }
4134 else
4135 {
4136 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4137 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4138
4139 if (locsyms == NULL)
4140 {
4141 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4142 if (locsyms == NULL)
4143 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4144 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4145 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4146 if (locsyms == NULL)
4147 return FALSE;
4148 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4149 }
4150 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4151
4152 if (hp != NULL)
4153 *hp = NULL;
4154
4155 if (symp != NULL)
4156 *symp = sym;
4157
4158 if (symsecp != NULL)
4159 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4160
4161 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4162 {
4163 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4164 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4165
4166 tls_mask = NULL;
4167 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4168 if (local_got != NULL)
4169 {
4170 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4171 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4172 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4173 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4174 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4175 }
4176 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4177 }
4178 }
4179 return TRUE;
4180 }
4181 \f
4182 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4183 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4184
4185 bfd_boolean
4186 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4187 {
4188 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4189 bfd *ibfd;
4190 asection *sec;
4191 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4192
4193 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4194 if (htab == NULL)
4195 return FALSE;
4196
4197 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4198 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4199 between the call and its destination. */
4200 limit = 0x1e00000;
4201 low_vma = -1;
4202 high_vma = 0;
4203 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4204 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4205 {
4206 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4207 low_vma = sec->vma;
4208 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4209 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4210 }
4211
4212 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4213 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4214 is local. */
4215 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4216 {
4217 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4218 return TRUE;
4219 }
4220
4221 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4222 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4223 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4224 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4225 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4226 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4227 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4228 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4229 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4230 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4231 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4232 together except their symbol. */
4233
4234 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4235 {
4236 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4237 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4238
4239 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4240 continue;
4241
4242 local_syms = NULL;
4243 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4244
4245 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4246 if (sec->has_pltcall
4247 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4248 {
4249 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4250
4251 /* Read the relocations. */
4252 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4253 info->keep_memory);
4254 if (relstart == NULL)
4255 return FALSE;
4256
4257 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4258 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
4259 {
4260 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4261 unsigned long r_symndx;
4262 asection *sym_sec;
4263 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4264 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4265 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4266
4267 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4268 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4269 continue;
4270
4271 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4272 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4273 r_symndx, ibfd))
4274 {
4275 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4276 free (relstart);
4277 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4278 free (local_syms);
4279 return FALSE;
4280 }
4281
4282 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4283 {
4284 bfd_vma from, to;
4285 if (h != NULL)
4286 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4287 else
4288 to = sym->st_value;
4289 to += (rel->r_addend
4290 + sym_sec->output_offset
4291 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4292 from = (rel->r_offset
4293 + sec->output_offset
4294 + sec->output_section->vma);
4295 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4296 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4297 }
4298 }
4299 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4300 free (relstart);
4301 }
4302
4303 if (local_syms != NULL
4304 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4305 {
4306 if (!info->keep_memory)
4307 free (local_syms);
4308 else
4309 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4310 }
4311 }
4312
4313 return TRUE;
4314 }
4315
4316 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4317 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4318
4319 asection *
4320 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4321 {
4322 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4323
4324 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4325 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4326 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4327 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4328 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4329
4330 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4331 {
4332 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4333 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4334 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4335 if (opt != NULL
4336 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4337 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4338 {
4339 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4340 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4341 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4342 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4343 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4344 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4345 && tga != NULL
4346 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4347 || tga->needs_plt)
4348 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4349 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4350 {
4351 struct plt_entry *ent;
4352 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4353 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4354 break;
4355 if (ent != NULL)
4356 {
4357 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4358 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4359 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4360 opt->mark = 1;
4361 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4362 {
4363 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4364 opt->dynindx = -1;
4365 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4366 opt->dynstr_index);
4367 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4368 return FALSE;
4369 }
4370 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4371 }
4372 }
4373 }
4374 else
4375 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4376 }
4377 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4378 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4379 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4380 {
4381 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4382 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4383 }
4384
4385 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4386 }
4387
4388 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4389 HASH. */
4390
4391 static bfd_boolean
4392 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4393 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4394 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4395 {
4396 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4397 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4398 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4399
4400 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4401 {
4402 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4403 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4404
4405 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4406 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4407 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4408 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4409 if (h == hash)
4410 return TRUE;
4411 }
4412 return FALSE;
4413 }
4414
4415 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4416 opportunities. */
4417
4418 bfd_boolean
4419 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4420 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4421 {
4422 bfd *ibfd;
4423 asection *sec;
4424 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4425 int pass;
4426
4427 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4428 return TRUE;
4429
4430 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4431 if (htab == NULL)
4432 return FALSE;
4433
4434 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4435 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4436 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4437 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4438 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4439 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4440 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4441 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4442 {
4443 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4444 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4445
4446 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4447 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4448 {
4449 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4450 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4451
4452 /* Read the relocations. */
4453 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4454 info->keep_memory);
4455 if (relstart == NULL)
4456 return FALSE;
4457
4458 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4459 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4460 {
4461 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4462 unsigned long r_symndx;
4463 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4464 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4465 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4466 bfd_boolean is_local;
4467 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4468
4469 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4470 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4471 {
4472 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4473
4474 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4475 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4476 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4477 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4478 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4479 }
4480
4481 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4482 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4483 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4484 without marker relocs, then check that each
4485 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4486 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4487 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4488 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4489 if (pass == 0
4490 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4491 && h != NULL
4492 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4493 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4494 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4495 {
4496 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4497 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4498 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4499 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4500 free (relstart);
4501 return TRUE;
4502 }
4503
4504 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4505 switch (r_type)
4506 {
4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4508 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4509 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4510 /* Fall through. */
4511
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4514 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4515 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4516 that turns out to be the case. */
4517 if (!is_local)
4518 continue;
4519
4520 /* LD -> LE */
4521 tls_set = 0;
4522 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4523 break;
4524
4525 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4526 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4527 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4528 /* Fall through. */
4529
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4532 if (is_local)
4533 /* GD -> LE */
4534 tls_set = 0;
4535 else
4536 /* GD -> IE */
4537 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4538 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4539 break;
4540
4541 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4542 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4543 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4544 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4545 if (is_local)
4546 {
4547 /* IE -> LE */
4548 tls_set = 0;
4549 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4550 break;
4551 }
4552 else
4553 continue;
4554
4555 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4556 if (!is_local)
4557 continue;
4558 /* Fall through. */
4559 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4560 if (rel + 1 < relend
4561 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4562 {
4563 if (pass != 0
4564 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4565 {
4566 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4567 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4568 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4569 {
4570 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4571
4572 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4573 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4574 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4575 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4576 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4577 if (h != NULL)
4578 {
4579 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4580 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4581
4582 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4583 addend = rel->r_addend;
4584 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4585 got2, addend);
4586 if (ent != NULL
4587 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4588 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4589 }
4590 }
4591 }
4592 continue;
4593 }
4594 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4595 tls_set = 0;
4596 tls_clear = 0;
4597 break;
4598
4599 default:
4600 continue;
4601 }
4602
4603 if (pass == 0)
4604 {
4605 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4606 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4607 continue;
4608
4609 if (rel + 1 < relend
4610 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4611 htab->tls_get_addr))
4612 continue;
4613
4614 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4615 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4616 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4617 the entire optimization. */
4618 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4619 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4620 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4621 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4622 free (relstart);
4623 return TRUE;
4624 }
4625
4626 if (h != NULL)
4627 {
4628 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4629 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4630 }
4631 else
4632 {
4633 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4634 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4635 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4636
4637 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4638 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4639 abort ();
4640 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4641 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4642 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4643 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4644 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4645 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4646 }
4647
4648 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4649 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4650 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4651 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4652 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4653 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4654 Disable optimization in this case. */
4655 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4656 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4657 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4658 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4659 continue;
4660
4661 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4662 {
4663 struct plt_entry *ent;
4664 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4665
4666 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4667 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4668 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4669 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4670 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4671 got2, addend);
4672 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4673 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4674 }
4675 if (tls_clear == 0)
4676 continue;
4677
4678 if (tls_set == 0)
4679 {
4680 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4681 if (*got_count > 0)
4682 *got_count -= 1;
4683 }
4684
4685 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4686 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4687 }
4688
4689 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4690 free (relstart);
4691 }
4692 }
4693 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4694 return TRUE;
4695 }
4696 \f
4697 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4698
4699 static asection *
4700 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4701 {
4702 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4703
4704 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4705 {
4706 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
4707
4708 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4709 return p->sec;
4710 }
4711 return NULL;
4712 }
4713
4714 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4715 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4716 size_dynamic_sections. */
4717
4718 static bfd_boolean
4719 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4720 {
4721 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4722 do
4723 {
4724 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4725 return TRUE;
4726 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4727 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4728
4729 return FALSE;
4730 }
4731
4732 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4733
4734 static bfd_boolean
4735 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4736 {
4737 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4738
4739 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4740 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4741 return TRUE;
4742 return FALSE;
4743 }
4744
4745 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4746 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4747 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4748 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4749 understand. */
4750
4751 static bfd_boolean
4752 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4753 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4754 {
4755 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4756 asection *s;
4757
4758 #ifdef DEBUG
4759 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4760 h->root.root.string);
4761 #endif
4762
4763 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4764 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4765 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4766 && (h->needs_plt
4767 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4768 || h->is_weakalias
4769 || (h->def_dynamic
4770 && h->ref_regular
4771 && !h->def_regular)));
4772
4773 /* Deal with function syms. */
4774 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4775 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4776 || h->needs_plt)
4777 {
4778 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4779 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4780 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4781 function symbol is local. */
4782 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4783 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4784
4785 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4786 won't need a .plt entry. */
4787 struct plt_entry *ent;
4788 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4789 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4790 break;
4791 if (ent == NULL
4792 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4793 && local
4794 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4795 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4796 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4797 {
4798 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4799
4800 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4801 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4802 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4803
4804 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4805
4806 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4807 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4808 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4809 h->needs_plt = 0;
4810 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4811 }
4812 else
4813 {
4814 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4815 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4816 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4817 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4818 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4819 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4820 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4821 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4822 than link time. */
4823 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4824 || (h->non_got_ref
4825 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4826 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4827 && !htab->is_vxworks
4828 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4829 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4830 {
4831 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4832 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4833 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4834 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4835 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4836 }
4837 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4838 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4839 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4840 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4841 }
4842 h->protected_def = 0;
4843 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4844 return TRUE;
4845 }
4846 else
4847 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4848
4849 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4850 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4851 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4852 if (h->is_weakalias)
4853 {
4854 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4855 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4856 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4857 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4858 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4859 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4860 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4861 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4862 return TRUE;
4863 }
4864
4865 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4866 is not a function. */
4867
4868 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4869 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4870 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4871 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4872 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4873 {
4874 h->protected_def = 0;
4875 return TRUE;
4876 }
4877
4878 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4879 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4880 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4881 {
4882 h->protected_def = 0;
4883 return TRUE;
4884 }
4885
4886 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4887 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4888 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4889 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4890 if (h->protected_def)
4891 {
4892 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4893 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4894 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4895 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4896 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4897 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4898 return TRUE;
4899 }
4900
4901 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4902 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4903 return TRUE;
4904
4905 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4906 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4907 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4908 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4909 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4910 executable. */
4911 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4912 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4913 && !htab->is_vxworks
4914 && !h->def_regular
4915 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4916 return TRUE;
4917
4918 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4919 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4920 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4921 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4922 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4923 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4924 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4925 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4926 same memory location for the variable.
4927
4928 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4929 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4930 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4931 s = htab->dynsbss;
4932 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4933 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4934 else
4935 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4936 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4937
4938 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4939 {
4940 asection *srel;
4941
4942 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4943 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4944 and into the runtime process image. */
4945 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4946 srel = htab->relsbss;
4947 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4948 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4949 else
4950 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4951 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4952 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4953 h->needs_copy = 1;
4954 }
4955
4956 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4957 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4958 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4959 }
4960 \f
4961 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4962 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4963 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4964 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4965 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4966
4967 static bfd_boolean
4968 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4969 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4970 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4971 {
4972 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4973 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4974 char *name;
4975 const char *stub;
4976 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4977
4978 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4979 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4980 else
4981 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4982
4983 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4984 len2 = strlen (stub);
4985 len3 = 0;
4986 if (ent->sec)
4987 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4988 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4989 if (name == NULL)
4990 return FALSE;
4991 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4992 if (ent->sec)
4993 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4994 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4995 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4996 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
4997 if (sh == NULL)
4998 return FALSE;
4999 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5000 {
5001 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5002 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5003 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5004 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5005 sh->def_regular = 1;
5006 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5007 sh->forced_local = 1;
5008 sh->non_elf = 0;
5009 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5010 }
5011 return TRUE;
5012 }
5013
5014 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5015 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5016
5017 static bfd_vma
5018 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5019 {
5020 bfd_vma where;
5021 unsigned int max_before_header;
5022
5023 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5024 {
5025 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5026 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5027 }
5028 else
5029 {
5030 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5031 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5032 {
5033 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5034 htab->got_gap -= need;
5035 }
5036 else
5037 {
5038 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5039 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5040 {
5041 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5042 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5043 }
5044 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5045 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5046 }
5047 }
5048 return where;
5049 }
5050
5051 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5052 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5053
5054 static inline unsigned int
5055 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5056 {
5057 unsigned int need;
5058 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5059 need = 4;
5060 else
5061 {
5062 need = 0;
5063 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5064 need += 8;
5065 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5066 need += 4;
5067 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5068 need += 4;
5069 }
5070 return need;
5071 }
5072
5073 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5074
5075 static bfd_boolean
5076 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5077 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5078 {
5079 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5080
5081 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5082 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5083 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5084 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5085 && h->dynindx == -1
5086 && !h->forced_local
5087 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5088 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5089 return TRUE;
5090 }
5091
5092 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5093
5094 static bfd_boolean
5095 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5096 {
5097 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5098 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5099 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5100 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5101 bfd_boolean dyn;
5102
5103 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5104 return TRUE;
5105
5106 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5107 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5108 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5109 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5110 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5111 && eh->elf.protected_def
5112 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5113 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5114 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5115 {
5116 unsigned int need;
5117
5118 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5119 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5120 return FALSE;
5121
5122 need = 0;
5123 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5124 {
5125 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5126 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5127 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5128 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5129 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5130 else
5131 need += 8;
5132 }
5133 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5134 if (need == 0)
5135 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5136 else
5137 {
5138 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5139 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5140 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5141 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5142 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5143 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5144 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5145 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5146 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5147 {
5148 asection *rsec;
5149
5150 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5151 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5152 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5153 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5154 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5155 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5156 rsec->size += need;
5157 }
5158 }
5159 }
5160 else
5161 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5162
5163 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5164 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5165 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5166 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5167 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5168
5169 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5170 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5171 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5172 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5173
5174 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5175 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5176 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5177 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5178
5179 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5180 ;
5181
5182 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5183 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5184 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5185 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5186 changes. */
5187 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5188 {
5189 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5190 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5191 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5192 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5193 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5194 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5195 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5196 {
5197 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5198
5199 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5200 {
5201 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5202 p->pc_count = 0;
5203 if (p->count == 0)
5204 *pp = p->next;
5205 else
5206 pp = &p->next;
5207 }
5208 }
5209
5210 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5211 {
5212 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5213
5214 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5215 {
5216 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5217 *pp = p->next;
5218 else
5219 pp = &p->next;
5220 }
5221 }
5222
5223 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5224 {
5225 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5226 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5227 return FALSE;
5228 }
5229 }
5230 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5231 {
5232 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5233 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5234 dynamic. */
5235 if (h->dynamic_adjusted
5236 && !h->def_regular
5237 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5238 && !(h->protected_def
5239 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5240 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5241 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5242 {
5243 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5244 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5245 return FALSE;
5246
5247 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5248 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5249 }
5250 else
5251 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5252 }
5253
5254 /* Allocate space. */
5255 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5256 {
5257 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5258 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5259 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5260 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5261 }
5262
5263 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5264 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5265 a) is dynamic, or
5266 b) is an ifunc, or
5267 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5268 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5269 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1;
5270 if (dyn
5271 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5272 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5273 || (h->needs_plt
5274 && h->def_regular
5275 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5276 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5277 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5278 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5279 {
5280 struct plt_entry *ent;
5281 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5282 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5283
5284 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5285 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5286 {
5287 asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
5288
5289 if (!dyn)
5290 {
5291 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5292 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5293 else
5294 s = htab->pltlocal;
5295 }
5296
5297 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5298 {
5299 if (!doneone)
5300 {
5301 plt_offset = s->size;
5302 s->size += 4;
5303 }
5304 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5305
5306 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5307 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5308 else
5309 {
5310 s = htab->glink;
5311 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5312 {
5313 glink_offset = s->size;
5314 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5315 }
5316 if (!doneone
5317 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5318 && h->def_dynamic
5319 && !h->def_regular)
5320 {
5321 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5322 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5323 }
5324 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5325
5326 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5327 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5328 return FALSE;
5329 }
5330 }
5331 else
5332 {
5333 if (!doneone)
5334 {
5335 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5336 for the special first entry. */
5337 if (s->size == 0)
5338 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5339
5340 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5341 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5342 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5343 word available at the end. */
5344 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5345 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5346 * ((s->size
5347 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5348 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5349
5350 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5351 file, and we are not generating a shared
5352 library, then set the symbol to this location
5353 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5354 relocations, and is required to make
5355 function pointers compare as equal between
5356 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5357 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5358 && h->def_dynamic
5359 && !h->def_regular)
5360 {
5361 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5362 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5363 }
5364
5365 /* Make room for this entry. */
5366 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5367 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5368 is allocated. */
5369 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5370 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5371 / htab->plt_entry_size
5372 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5373 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5374 }
5375 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5376 }
5377
5378 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5379 if (!doneone)
5380 {
5381 if (!dyn)
5382 {
5383 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5384 {
5385 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5386 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5387 }
5388 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5389 {
5390 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5391 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5392 }
5393 }
5394 else
5395 {
5396 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5397
5398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5399 {
5400 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5401 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5402 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5403 {
5404 if (ent->plt.offset
5405 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5406 {
5407 htab->srelplt2->size
5408 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5409 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5410 }
5411
5412 htab->srelplt2->size
5413 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5414 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5415 }
5416
5417 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5418 .got.plt. */
5419 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5420 }
5421 }
5422 doneone = TRUE;
5423 }
5424 }
5425 else
5426 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5427
5428 if (!doneone)
5429 {
5430 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5431 h->needs_plt = 0;
5432 }
5433 }
5434 else
5435 {
5436 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5437 h->needs_plt = 0;
5438 }
5439
5440 return TRUE;
5441 }
5442
5443 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5444 read-only sections. */
5445
5446 static bfd_boolean
5447 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
5448 {
5449 asection *sec;
5450
5451 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5452 return TRUE;
5453
5454 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
5455 if (sec != NULL)
5456 {
5457 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
5458
5459 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5460 info->callbacks->minfo
5461 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5462 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
5463
5464 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5465 return FALSE;
5466 }
5467 return TRUE;
5468 }
5469
5470 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5471 {
5472 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5473 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5474 1, /* CIE version. */
5475 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5476 4, /* Code alignment. */
5477 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5478 65, /* RA reg. */
5479 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5480 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5481 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5482 };
5483
5484 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5485
5486 static bfd_boolean
5487 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5488 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5489 {
5490 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5491 asection *s;
5492 bfd_boolean relocs;
5493 bfd *ibfd;
5494
5495 #ifdef DEBUG
5496 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5497 #endif
5498
5499 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5500 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5501
5502 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5503 {
5504 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5505 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5506 {
5507 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5508 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5509 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5510 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5511 }
5512 }
5513
5514 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5515 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5516 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5517 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5518
5519 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5520 relocs. */
5521 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5522 {
5523 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5524 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5525 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5526 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5527 char *lgot_masks;
5528 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5529 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5530
5531 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5532 continue;
5533
5534 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5535 {
5536 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5537
5538 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5539 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5540 p != NULL;
5541 p = p->next)
5542 {
5543 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5544 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5545 {
5546 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5547 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5548 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5549 the relocs too. */
5550 }
5551 else if (htab->is_vxworks
5552 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5553 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5554 {
5555 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5556 handled specially by the loader. */
5557 }
5558 else if (p->count != 0)
5559 {
5560 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5561 if (p->ifunc)
5562 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5563 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5564 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5565 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5566 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5567 {
5568 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5569 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5570 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5571 }
5572 }
5573 }
5574 }
5575
5576 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5577 if (!local_got)
5578 continue;
5579
5580 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5581 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5582 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5583 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5584 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5585 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5586
5587 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5588 if (*local_got > 0)
5589 {
5590 unsigned int need;
5591 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5592 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5593 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5594 if (need == 0)
5595 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5596 else
5597 {
5598 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5599 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5600 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5601 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
5602 {
5603 asection *srel;
5604
5605 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5606 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5607 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5608 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5609 srel->size += need;
5610 }
5611 }
5612 }
5613 else
5614 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5615
5616 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5617 continue;
5618
5619 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5620 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5621 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5622 {
5623 struct plt_entry *ent;
5624 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5625 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5626
5627 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5628 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5629 {
5630 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5631 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5632 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5633 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5634 {
5635 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5636 continue;
5637 }
5638 else
5639 s = htab->pltlocal;
5640
5641 if (!doneone)
5642 {
5643 plt_offset = s->size;
5644 s->size += 4;
5645 }
5646 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5647
5648 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5649 {
5650 s = htab->glink;
5651 glink_offset = s->size;
5652 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5653 }
5654 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5655
5656 if (!doneone)
5657 {
5658 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5659 {
5660 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5661 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5662 }
5663 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5664 {
5665 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5666 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5667 }
5668 doneone = TRUE;
5669 }
5670 }
5671 else
5672 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5673 }
5674 }
5675
5676 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5677 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5678
5679 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5680 {
5681 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5682 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5683 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5684 }
5685 else
5686 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5687
5688 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5689 {
5690 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5691
5692 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5693 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5694 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5695 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5696 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5697 {
5698 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5699 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5700 g_o_t += 4;
5701 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5702 }
5703
5704 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5705 }
5706 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5707 {
5708 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5709
5710 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5711 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5712 }
5713 if (info->emitrelocations)
5714 {
5715 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5716
5717 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5718 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5719 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5720 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5721 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5722 }
5723
5724 if (htab->glink != NULL
5725 && htab->glink->size != 0
5726 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5727 {
5728 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5729 /* Space for the branch table. */
5730 htab->glink->size
5731 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5732 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5733 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5734 ? 63 : 15);
5735 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5736
5737 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5738 {
5739 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5740 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5741 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5742 if (sh == NULL)
5743 return FALSE;
5744 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5745 {
5746 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5747 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5748 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5749 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5750 sh->def_regular = 1;
5751 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5752 sh->forced_local = 1;
5753 sh->non_elf = 0;
5754 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5755 }
5756 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5757 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5758 if (sh == NULL)
5759 return FALSE;
5760 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5761 {
5762 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5763 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5764 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5765 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5766 sh->def_regular = 1;
5767 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5768 sh->forced_local = 1;
5769 sh->non_elf = 0;
5770 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5771 }
5772 }
5773 }
5774
5775 if (htab->glink != NULL
5776 && htab->glink->size != 0
5777 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5778 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5779 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5780 {
5781 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5782 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5783 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5784 {
5785 s->size += 4;
5786 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5787 s->size += 4;
5788 }
5789 }
5790
5791 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5792 Allocate memory for them. */
5793 relocs = FALSE;
5794 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5795 {
5796 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
5797
5798 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5799 continue;
5800
5801 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5802 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5803 {
5804 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5805 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5806 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5807 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5808 strip_section = FALSE;
5809 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5810 comment below. */
5811 }
5812 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5813 || s == htab->pltlocal
5814 || s == htab->glink
5815 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5816 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5817 || s == htab->sbss
5818 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5819 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5820 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5821 {
5822 /* Strip these too. */
5823 }
5824 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5825 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5826 {
5827 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5828 }
5829 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5830 {
5831 if (s->size != 0)
5832 {
5833 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5834 relocs = TRUE;
5835
5836 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5837 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5838 s->reloc_count = 0;
5839 }
5840 }
5841 else
5842 {
5843 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5844 continue;
5845 }
5846
5847 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5848 {
5849 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5850 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5851 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5852 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5853 before the linker maps input sections to output
5854 sections. The linker does that before
5855 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5856 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5857 into these sections. */
5858 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5859 continue;
5860 }
5861
5862 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5863 continue;
5864
5865 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5866 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5867 if (s->contents == NULL)
5868 return FALSE;
5869 }
5870
5871 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5872 {
5873 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5874 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5875 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5876 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5877 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5878 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5879 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5880
5881 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
5882 {
5883 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
5884 return FALSE;
5885 }
5886
5887 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
5888 {
5889 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
5890 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
5891 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
5892 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
5893 return FALSE;
5894 }
5895
5896 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5897 && htab->glink != NULL
5898 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5899 {
5900 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5901 return FALSE;
5902 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5903 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5904 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5905 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5906 return FALSE;
5907 }
5908
5909 if (relocs)
5910 {
5911 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
5912 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
5913 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
5914 return FALSE;
5915 }
5916
5917 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5918 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5919 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
5920 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel,
5921 info);
5922
5923 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5924 {
5925 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5926 return FALSE;
5927 }
5928 if (htab->is_vxworks
5929 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
5930 return FALSE;
5931 }
5932 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5933
5934 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5935 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5936 {
5937 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5938 bfd_vma val;
5939
5940 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5941 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5942 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5943 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5944 /* FDE length. */
5945 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5946 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5947 p += 4;
5948 /* CIE pointer. */
5949 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5950 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5951 p += 4;
5952 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5953 p += 4;
5954 /* .glink size. */
5955 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5956 p += 4;
5957 /* Augmentation. */
5958 p += 1;
5959
5960 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5961 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5962 {
5963 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5964 if (adv < 64)
5965 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5966 else if (adv < 256)
5967 {
5968 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5969 *p++ = adv;
5970 }
5971 else if (adv < 65536)
5972 {
5973 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5974 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5975 p += 2;
5976 }
5977 else
5978 {
5979 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5980 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5981 p += 4;
5982 }
5983 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5984 *p++ = 65;
5985 p++;
5986 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5987 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5988 *p++ = 65;
5989 }
5990 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5991 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5992 }
5993
5994 return TRUE;
5995 }
5996
5997 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5998 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5999
6000 static void
6001 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
6002 {
6003 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
6004
6005 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
6006 {
6007 asection *s;
6008
6009 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
6010 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
6011 {
6012 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
6013 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
6014 {
6015 sda->def_regular = 0;
6016 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6017 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
6018 sda->forced_local = 0;
6019 }
6020 }
6021 }
6022 }
6023
6024 void
6025 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6026 {
6027 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6028
6029 if (htab != NULL)
6030 {
6031 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6032 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6033 }
6034 }
6035
6036
6037 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6038
6039 static bfd_boolean
6040 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6041 {
6042 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6043 && !h->def_regular
6044 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6045 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6046 return FALSE;
6047
6048 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6049 }
6050 \f
6051 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6052
6053 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6054 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6055 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6056 {
6057 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6058 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6059 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6060 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6061 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6062 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6063 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6064 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6065 };
6066
6067 static const int stub_entry[] =
6068 {
6069 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6070 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6071 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6072 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6073 };
6074
6075 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6076 {
6077 unsigned int workaround_size;
6078 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6079 };
6080
6081 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6082 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6083 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6084 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6085
6086 static bfd_boolean
6087 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6088 asection *isec,
6089 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6090 bfd_boolean *again)
6091 {
6092 struct one_branch_fixup
6093 {
6094 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6095 asection *tsec;
6096 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6097 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6098 bfd_vma toff;
6099 bfd_vma trampoff;
6100 };
6101
6102 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6103 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6104 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6105 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6106 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6107 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6108 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6109 unsigned changes = 0;
6110 bfd_boolean workaround_change;
6111 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6112 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6113 asection *got2;
6114 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted;
6115
6116 *again = FALSE;
6117
6118 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6119 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6120 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6121 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6122 || isec->size < 4)
6123 return TRUE;
6124
6125 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6126 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6127 anyway. */
6128 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6129 return TRUE;
6130
6131 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6132 if (htab == NULL)
6133 return TRUE;
6134
6135 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6136 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6137 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6138 trampbase = isec->size;
6139
6140 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6141 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6142 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6143
6144 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6145 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6146 {
6147 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6148 {
6149 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6150 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6151 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6152 return FALSE;
6153 }
6154 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6155 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6156 }
6157
6158 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6159 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6160 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6161 trampoff = trampbase;
6162 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6163 trampoff += 4;
6164
6165 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6166 picfixup_size = 0;
6167 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6168 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6169 {
6170 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6171 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6172 {
6173 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6174 link_info->keep_memory);
6175 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6176 goto error_return;
6177 }
6178
6179 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6180
6181 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6182 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6183 {
6184 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6185 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6186 asection *tsec;
6187 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6188 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6189 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6190 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6191 unsigned long t0;
6192 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6193 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6194 struct plt_entry **plist;
6195 unsigned char sym_type;
6196
6197 switch (r_type)
6198 {
6199 case R_PPC_REL24:
6200 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6201 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6202 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6203 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6204 break;
6205
6206 case R_PPC_REL14:
6207 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6208 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6209 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6210 break;
6211
6212 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6213 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6214 break;
6215 continue;
6216
6217 default:
6218 continue;
6219 }
6220
6221 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6222 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6223 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6224 goto error_return;
6225
6226 if (isym != NULL)
6227 {
6228 if (tsec != NULL)
6229 ;
6230 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6231 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6232 else
6233 continue;
6234
6235 toff = isym->st_value;
6236 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6237 }
6238 else
6239 {
6240 if (tsec != NULL)
6241 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6242 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6243 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6244 {
6245 unsigned long indx;
6246
6247 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6248 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6249 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6250 }
6251 else
6252 continue;
6253
6254 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6255 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6256 branch stub in that case. */
6257 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6258 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6259 && irel != internal_relocs)
6260 {
6261 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6262 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6263 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6264
6265 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6266 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6267 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6268 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6269 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6270 {
6271 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6272
6273 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6274 {
6275 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6276 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6277 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6278 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6279 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6280 }
6281 }
6282 else
6283 {
6284 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6285 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6286
6287 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6288 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6289 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6290
6291 tls_mask
6292 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6293 }
6294
6295 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6296 optimised away. */
6297 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6298 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6299 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6300 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6301 continue;
6302 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6303 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6304 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6305 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6306 continue;
6307 }
6308
6309 sym_type = h->type;
6310 }
6311
6312 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6313 {
6314 if (h != NULL
6315 && !h->def_regular
6316 && h->protected_def
6317 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6318 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6319 picfixup_size += 12;
6320 continue;
6321 }
6322
6323 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6324 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6325 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6326 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6327 plist = NULL;
6328 if (h != NULL)
6329 {
6330 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6331 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6332 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6333 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6334 }
6335 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6336 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6337 {
6338 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6339 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6340 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6341 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6342 }
6343 if (plist != NULL)
6344 {
6345 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6346 struct plt_entry *ent;
6347
6348 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6349 addend = irel->r_addend;
6350 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6351 if (ent != NULL)
6352 {
6353 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6354 || h == NULL
6355 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6356 || h->dynindx == -1)
6357 {
6358 tsec = htab->glink;
6359 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6360 }
6361 else
6362 {
6363 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6364 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6365 }
6366 }
6367 }
6368
6369 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6370 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6371 branch overflow. */
6372 if (tsec == isec)
6373 continue;
6374
6375 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6376 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6377 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6378 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6379 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6380 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6381 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6382 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6383 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6384 continue;
6385
6386 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6387 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6388 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6389 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6390 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6391 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6392 {
6393 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6394 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6395 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6396 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6397 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6398
6399 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6400 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6401 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6402 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6403 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6404 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6405 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6406 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6407 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6408 location of interest is just "sym". */
6409 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6410 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6411 toff += irel->r_addend;
6412
6413 toff
6414 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6415 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6416 toff);
6417
6418 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6419 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6420 toff += irel->r_addend;
6421 }
6422 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6423 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6424 toff += irel->r_addend;
6425
6426 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6427 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6428 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6429 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6430 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6431 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6432 continue;
6433
6434 roff = irel->r_offset;
6435
6436 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6437 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6438 fixup can be created at final link.
6439 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6440 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6441 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6442 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6443 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6444 continue;
6445
6446 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6447 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6448 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6449 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6450 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6451 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6452 {
6453 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6454
6455 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6456 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6457 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6458 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6459 continue;
6460 }
6461
6462 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6463 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6464 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6465 break;
6466
6467 if (f == NULL)
6468 {
6469 size_t size;
6470 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6471
6472 val = trampoff - roff;
6473 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6474 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6475 one. We'll report an error later. */
6476 continue;
6477
6478 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6479 {
6480 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6481 insn_offset = 12;
6482 }
6483 else
6484 {
6485 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6486 insn_offset = 0;
6487 }
6488 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6489 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6490 || tsec == htab->glink)
6491 {
6492 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6493 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6494 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6495 }
6496
6497 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6498 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6499 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6500 stub_rtype);
6501 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6502 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6503 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6504 irel->r_addend = 0;
6505
6506 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6507 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6508 f->next = branch_fixups;
6509 f->tsec = tsec;
6510 f->toff = toff;
6511 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6512 branch_fixups = f;
6513
6514 trampoff += size;
6515 changes++;
6516 }
6517 else
6518 {
6519 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6520 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6521 continue;
6522
6523 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6524 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6525 }
6526
6527 /* Get the section contents. */
6528 if (contents == NULL)
6529 {
6530 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6531 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6532 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6533 /* Go get them off disk. */
6534 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6535 goto error_return;
6536 }
6537
6538 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6539 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6540 switch (r_type)
6541 {
6542 case R_PPC_REL24:
6543 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6544 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6545 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6546 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6547 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6548 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6549 break;
6550
6551 case R_PPC_REL14:
6552 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6553 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6554 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6555 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6556 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6557 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6558 break;
6559 }
6560 }
6561
6562 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6563 {
6564 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6565 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6566 free (f);
6567 }
6568 }
6569
6570 workaround_change = FALSE;
6571 newsize = trampoff;
6572 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6573 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6574 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6575 {
6576 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6577 unsigned int crossings;
6578 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6579
6580 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6581 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6582 addr &= -pagesize;
6583 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6584 if (crossings != 0)
6585 {
6586 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6587 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6588 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6589 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6590 newsize += crossings * 16;
6591 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6592 {
6593 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6594 workaround_change = TRUE;
6595 }
6596 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6597 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6598 }
6599 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6600 }
6601
6602 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6603 {
6604 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6605 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6606 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6607 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6608 }
6609
6610 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6611 isec->size = newsize;
6612
6613 if (isymbuf != NULL
6614 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6615 {
6616 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6617 free (isymbuf);
6618 else
6619 {
6620 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6621 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6622 }
6623 }
6624
6625 if (contents != NULL
6626 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6627 {
6628 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6629 free (contents);
6630 else
6631 {
6632 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6633 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6634 }
6635 }
6636
6637 changes += picfixup_size;
6638 if (changes != 0)
6639 {
6640 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6641 information for the trampolines. */
6642 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6643 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6644 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6645 unsigned ix;
6646
6647 if (!new_relocs)
6648 goto error_return;
6649 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6650 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6651 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6652 {
6653 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6654
6655 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6656 }
6657 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6658 free (internal_relocs);
6659 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6660 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6661 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6662 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6663 }
6664 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6665 free (internal_relocs);
6666
6667 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6668 return TRUE;
6669
6670 error_return:
6671 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6672 {
6673 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6674 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6675 free (f);
6676 }
6677 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6678 free (isymbuf);
6679 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6680 free (contents);
6681 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6682 free (internal_relocs);
6683 return FALSE;
6684 }
6685 \f
6686 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6687 discarded sections. */
6688
6689 static unsigned int
6690 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6691 {
6692 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6693 return 0;
6694
6695 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6696 return 0;
6697
6698 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6699 }
6700 \f
6701 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6702
6703 static bfd_vma
6704 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6705 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6706 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6707 bfd_vma relocation,
6708 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6709 {
6710 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6711
6712 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6713
6714 if (h != NULL)
6715 {
6716 /* Handle global symbol. */
6717 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6718
6719 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6720 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6721 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6722 }
6723 else
6724 {
6725 /* Handle local symbol. */
6726 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6727
6728 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6729 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6730 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6731 }
6732
6733 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6734 rel->r_addend,
6735 lsect);
6736 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6737
6738 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6739 as a "written" flag. */
6740 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6741 {
6742 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6743 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6744 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6745 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6746 }
6747
6748 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6749 + lsect->section->output_offset
6750 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6751 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6752
6753 #ifdef DEBUG
6754 fprintf (stderr,
6755 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6756 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6757 #endif
6758
6759 return relocation;
6760 }
6761
6762 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6763 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6764 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6765
6766 static void
6767 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6768 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6769 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6770 {
6771 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6772 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6773 bfd_vma plt;
6774 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6775
6776 if (h != NULL
6777 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6778 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6779 {
6780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6781 p += 4;
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6783 p += 4;
6784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6785 p += 4;
6786 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6787 p += 4;
6788 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6789 p += 4;
6790 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6791 p += 4;
6792 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6793 p += 4;
6794 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6795 p += 4;
6796 }
6797
6798 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6799 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6800 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6801
6802 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6803 {
6804 bfd_vma got = 0;
6805
6806 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6807 got = (ent->addend
6808 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6809 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6810 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6811 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6812
6813 plt -= got;
6814
6815 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6817 else
6818 {
6819 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6820 p += 4;
6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6822 }
6823 }
6824 else
6825 {
6826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6827 p += 4;
6828 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6829 }
6830 p += 4;
6831 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6832 p += 4;
6833 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6834 p += 4;
6835 while (p < end)
6836 {
6837 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6838 p += 4;
6839 }
6840 }
6841
6842 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6843
6844 static bfd_boolean
6845 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6846 {
6847 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6848 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6849 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6850 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6851 }
6852
6853 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6854 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6855 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6856
6857 unsigned int
6858 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6859 {
6860 unsigned int rtra;
6861
6862 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6863 return 0;
6864
6865 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6866 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6867 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6868 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6869 else
6870 return 0;
6871
6872 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6873 /* add -> addi. */
6874 insn = 14 << 26;
6875 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6876 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6877 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6878 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6879 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6880 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6881 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6882 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6883 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6884 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6885 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6886 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6887 else
6888 return 0;
6889 insn |= rtra;
6890 return insn;
6891 }
6892
6893 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6894 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6895 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6896
6897 unsigned int
6898 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6899 {
6900 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6901 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6902 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6903 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6904 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6905 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6906 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6907 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6908 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6909 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6910 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6911 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6912 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6913 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6914 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6915 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6916 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6917 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6918 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6919 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6920 {
6921 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6922 }
6923 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6924 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6925 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6926 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6927 {
6928 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6929 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6930 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6931 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6932 }
6933 else
6934 insn = 0;
6935 return insn;
6936 }
6937
6938 static bfd_boolean
6939 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6940 {
6941 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6942 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6943 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6944 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6945 }
6946
6947 static bfd_boolean
6948 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6949 {
6950 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6951 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6952 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6953 }
6954
6955 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6956 to handle the relocations for a section.
6957
6958 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6959 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6960 zero.
6961
6962 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6963 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6964 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6965 necessary.
6966
6967 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6968 address or the reloc symbol index.
6969
6970 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6971
6972 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6973 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6974
6975 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6976 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6977
6978 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6979 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6980 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6981 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6982 accordingly. */
6983
6984 static bfd_boolean
6985 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6986 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6987 bfd *input_bfd,
6988 asection *input_section,
6989 bfd_byte *contents,
6990 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6991 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6992 asection **local_sections)
6993 {
6994 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6995 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6996 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6997 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6998 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6999 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
7000 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
7001 asection *got2;
7002 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
7003 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
7004 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
7005 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
7006 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
7007 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
7008
7009 #ifdef DEBUG
7010 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7011 "%ld relocations%s",
7012 input_bfd, input_section,
7013 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
7014 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7015 #endif
7016
7017 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
7018 {
7019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7020 return FALSE;
7021 }
7022
7023 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7024
7025 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7026 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7027 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7028
7029 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7030 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7031 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7032 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7033 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7034 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7035 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7036 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7037 ".tls_vars"));
7038 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7039 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7040 rel = wrel = relocs;
7041 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7042 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7043 {
7044 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7045 bfd_vma addend;
7046 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7047 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7048 asection *sec;
7049 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7050 const char *sym_name;
7051 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7052 unsigned long r_symndx;
7053 bfd_vma relocation;
7054 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7055 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7056 bfd_boolean warned;
7057 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7058 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7059 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7060
7061 again:
7062 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7063 sym = NULL;
7064 sec = NULL;
7065 h = NULL;
7066 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7067 warned = FALSE;
7068 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7069
7070 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7071 {
7072 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7073 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7074 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7075
7076 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7077 }
7078 else
7079 {
7080 bfd_boolean ignored;
7081
7082 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7083 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7084 h, sec, relocation,
7085 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7086
7087 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7088 }
7089
7090 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7091 {
7092 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7093 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7094 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7095 howto = NULL;
7096 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7097 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7098
7099 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7100 contents, rel->r_offset);
7101 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7102 wrel->r_info = 0;
7103 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7104
7105 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7106 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7107 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7108 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7109 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7110 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7111 wrel--;
7112
7113 continue;
7114 }
7115
7116 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7117 {
7118 if (got2 != NULL
7119 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7120 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7121 {
7122 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7123 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7124 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7125 }
7126 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7127 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7128 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7129 goto copy_reloc;
7130 }
7131
7132 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7133 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7134 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7135 for the final instruction stream. */
7136 tls_mask = 0;
7137 tls_gd = 0;
7138 if (h != NULL)
7139 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7140 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7141 {
7142 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7143 char *lgot_masks;
7144 local_plt
7145 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7146 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7147 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7148 }
7149
7150 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7151 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7152 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7153 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7154 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7155 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7156 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7157 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7158 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7159 abort ();
7160 switch (r_type)
7161 {
7162 default:
7163 break;
7164
7165 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7166 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7167 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7168 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7169 {
7170 bfd_vma insn;
7171
7172 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7173 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7174 insn &= 31 << 21;
7175 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7176 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7177 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7178 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7179 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7180 }
7181 break;
7182
7183 case R_PPC_TLS:
7184 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7185 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7186 {
7187 bfd_vma insn;
7188
7189 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7190 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7191 if (insn == 0)
7192 abort ();
7193 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7194 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7195 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7196
7197 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7198 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7199 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7200 }
7201 break;
7202
7203 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7204 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7205 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7206 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7207 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7208 break;
7209
7210 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7211 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7212 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7213 {
7214 tls_gdld_hi:
7215 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7216 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7217 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7218 else
7219 {
7220 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7221 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7222 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7223 }
7224 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7225 }
7226 break;
7227
7228 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7229 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7230 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7231 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7232 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7233 break;
7234
7235 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7236 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7237 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7238 {
7239 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7240 bfd_vma offset;
7241
7242 tls_ldgd_opt:
7243 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7244 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7245 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7246 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7247 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7248 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7249 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7250 && rel + 1 < relend
7251 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7252 htab->tls_get_addr))
7253 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7254 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7255 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7256 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7257 intervening code. */
7258 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7259 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7260 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7261 {
7262 /* IE */
7263 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7264 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7265 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7266 {
7267 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7268 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7269 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7270 }
7271 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7272 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7273 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7274 }
7275 else
7276 {
7277 /* LE */
7278 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7279 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7280 if (tls_gd == 0)
7281 {
7282 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7283 for (r_symndx = 0;
7284 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7285 r_symndx++)
7286 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7287 break;
7288 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7289 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7290 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7291 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7292 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7293 + sec->output_offset
7294 + sec->output_section->vma);
7295 }
7296 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7297 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7298 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7299 {
7300 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7301 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7302 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7303 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7305 }
7306 }
7307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7308 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7309 if (tls_gd == 0)
7310 {
7311 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7312 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7313 goto again;
7314 }
7315 }
7316 break;
7317
7318 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7319 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7320 && rel + 1 < relend)
7321 {
7322 unsigned int insn2;
7323 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7324
7325 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7326 {
7327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7328 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7329 break;
7330 }
7331
7332 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7333 {
7334 /* IE */
7335 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7336 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7337 }
7338 else
7339 {
7340 /* LE */
7341 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7342 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7343 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7344 }
7345 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7347 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7348 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7349 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7350 }
7351 break;
7352
7353 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7354 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7355 && rel + 1 < relend)
7356 {
7357 unsigned int insn2;
7358
7359 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7360 {
7361 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7362 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7363 break;
7364 }
7365
7366 for (r_symndx = 0;
7367 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7368 r_symndx++)
7369 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7370 break;
7371 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7372 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7373 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7374 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7375 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7376 + sec->output_offset
7377 + sec->output_section->vma);
7378
7379 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7380 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7381 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7382 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7383 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7384 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7385 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7386 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7387 goto again;
7388 }
7389 break;
7390 }
7391
7392 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7393 branch_bit = 0;
7394 switch (r_type)
7395 {
7396 default:
7397 break;
7398
7399 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7400 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7401 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7402 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7403 /* Fall through. */
7404
7405 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7406 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7407 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7408 {
7409 unsigned int insn;
7410
7411 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7412 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7413 insn |= branch_bit;
7414
7415 from = (rel->r_offset
7416 + input_section->output_offset
7417 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7418
7419 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7420 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7421 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7422
7423 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7424 }
7425 break;
7426
7427 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7428 {
7429 unsigned int insn;
7430
7431 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7432 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7433 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7434 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7435 {
7436 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7437 {
7438 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7439 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7440 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7441 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7442 }
7443 }
7444 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7445 info->callbacks->einfo
7446 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7447 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7448 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7449 }
7450 break;
7451 }
7452
7453 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7454 && h != NULL
7455 && !h->def_regular
7456 && h->protected_def
7457 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7458 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7459 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7460 {
7461 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7462 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7463 unsigned int insn;
7464
7465 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
7466 {
7467 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7468 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7469 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7470 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7471 {
7472 bfd_byte *p;
7473 bfd_vma off;
7474 bfd_vma got_addr;
7475
7476 p = (contents + input_section->size
7477 - relax_info->workaround_size
7478 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7479 + picfixup_size);
7480 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7481 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7482 info->callbacks->einfo
7483 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7484 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7485
7486 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7487 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7488 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7489 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7490 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7491 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7492 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7493 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7494 insn &= ~0xffff;
7495 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7496 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7497
7498 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7499 insn &= ~0xffff;
7500 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7501 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7502 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7503 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7504
7505 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7506 picfixup_size += 12;
7507
7508 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7509 output is reasonable. */
7510 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7511 wrel++, rel++;
7512 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7513 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7514 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7515
7516 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7517 dynamic reloc. */
7518 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7519 }
7520 else
7521 _bfd_error_handler
7522 /* xgettext:c-format */
7523 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7524 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7525 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7526 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7527 }
7528 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
7529 {
7530 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7531 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7532 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7533 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7534 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7535 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7536 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7537 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7538 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7539 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7540 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7541 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7542 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7543 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7544 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7545 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7546 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7547 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7548 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7549 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7550 {
7551 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7552 relocation = 0;
7553 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7554 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7555 }
7556 else
7557 _bfd_error_handler
7558 /* xgettext:c-format */
7559 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7560 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7561 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7562 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7563 }
7564 }
7565
7566 ifunc = NULL;
7567 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7568 {
7569 struct plt_entry *ent;
7570
7571 if (h != NULL)
7572 {
7573 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7574 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7575 }
7576 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7577 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7578 {
7579 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7580
7581 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7582 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7583 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7584 }
7585
7586 ent = NULL;
7587 if (ifunc != NULL
7588 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7589 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7590 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7591 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7592 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7593 {
7594 addend = 0;
7595 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7596 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7597 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7598 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7599 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7600 addend = rel->r_addend;
7601 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7602 }
7603 if (ent != NULL)
7604 {
7605 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7606 && ent->sec != got2
7607 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7608 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7609 || h == NULL
7610 || h->dynindx == -1))
7611 {
7612 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7613 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7614 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7615 apparently are using code compiled with
7616 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7617 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7618 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7619 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7620 into .got2). */
7621 info->callbacks->einfo
7622 /* xgettext:c-format */
7623 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7624 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7625 }
7626
7627 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7628 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7629 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7630 || h == NULL
7631 || h->dynindx == -1)
7632 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7633 + htab->glink->output_offset
7634 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7635 else
7636 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7637 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7638 + ent->plt.offset);
7639 }
7640 }
7641
7642 addend = rel->r_addend;
7643 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7644 howto = NULL;
7645 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7646 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7647
7648 switch (r_type)
7649 {
7650 default:
7651 break;
7652
7653 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7654 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7655 {
7656 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7657 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7658 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7659 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7660 /* xgettext:c-format */
7661 info->callbacks->minfo
7662 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7663 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn);
7664 else
7665 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
7666 }
7667 break;
7668
7669 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7670 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7671 {
7672 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7673 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7674 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7675 insn |= 2 << 16;
7676 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7677 }
7678 break;
7679 }
7680
7681 tls_type = 0;
7682 switch (r_type)
7683 {
7684 default:
7685 /* xgettext:c-format */
7686 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7687 input_bfd, howto->name);
7688
7689 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7690 ret = FALSE;
7691 goto copy_reloc;
7692
7693 case R_PPC_NONE:
7694 case R_PPC_TLS:
7695 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7696 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7697 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7698 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7699 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7700 goto copy_reloc;
7701
7702 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7703 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7704 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7705 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7710 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7711 goto dogot;
7712
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7714 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7717 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7718 goto dogot;
7719
7720 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7721 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7722 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7724 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7725 goto dogot;
7726
7727 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7728 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7729 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7730 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7731 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7732 goto dogot;
7733
7734 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7735 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7736 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7737 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7738 tls_mask = 0;
7739 dogot:
7740 {
7741 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7742 offset table. */
7743 bfd_vma off;
7744 bfd_vma *offp;
7745 unsigned long indx;
7746
7747 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7748 abort ();
7749
7750 indx = 0;
7751 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7752 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7753 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7754 else if (h != NULL)
7755 {
7756 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7757 || h->dynindx == -1
7758 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7759 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7760 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7761 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7762 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7763 because of a version file. */
7764 ;
7765 else
7766 {
7767 indx = h->dynindx;
7768 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7769 }
7770 offp = &h->got.offset;
7771 }
7772 else
7773 {
7774 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7775 abort ();
7776 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7777 }
7778
7779 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7780 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7781 processed this entry. */
7782 off = *offp;
7783 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7784 off &= ~1;
7785 else
7786 {
7787 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7788 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7789 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7790 : 0);
7791
7792 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7793 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7794 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7795 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7796 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7797
7798 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7799 Initialize them all. */
7800 do
7801 {
7802 int tls_ty = 0;
7803
7804 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7805 {
7806 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7807 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7808 }
7809 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7810 {
7811 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7812 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7813 }
7814 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7815 {
7816 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7817 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7818 }
7819 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7820 {
7821 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7822 tls_m = 0;
7823 }
7824
7825 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7826 if (indx != 0
7827 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7828 && (h == NULL
7829 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7830 && !(tls_ty != 0
7831 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7832 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
7833 {
7834 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7835 bfd_byte * loc;
7836
7837 if (ifunc != NULL)
7838 {
7839 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7840 if (indx == 0)
7841 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7842 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7843 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7844 }
7845 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7846 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7847 + off);
7848 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7849 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7850 {
7851 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7852 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7853 {
7854 loc = rsec->contents;
7855 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7856 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7857 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7858 &outrel, loc);
7859 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7860 outrel.r_info
7861 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7862 }
7863 }
7864 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7865 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7866 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7867 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7868 else if (indx != 0)
7869 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7870 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7871 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7872 else
7873 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7874 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7875 {
7876 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7877 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7878 {
7879 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7880 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7881 else
7882 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7883 }
7884 }
7885 loc = rsec->contents;
7886 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7887 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7888 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7889 }
7890
7891 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7892 emitting a reloc. */
7893 else
7894 {
7895 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7896
7897 if (tls_ty != 0)
7898 {
7899 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7900 value = 0;
7901 else
7902 {
7903 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7904 value = 0;
7905 else
7906 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7907 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7908 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7909 }
7910
7911 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7912 {
7913 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7914 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7915 value = 1;
7916 }
7917 }
7918 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7919 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7920 }
7921
7922 off += 4;
7923 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7924 off += 4;
7925 }
7926 while (tls_m != 0);
7927
7928 off = *offp;
7929 *offp = off | 1;
7930 }
7931
7932 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7933 abort ();
7934
7935 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7936 {
7937 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7938 {
7939 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7940 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7941 off += 8;
7942 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7943 {
7944 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7945 off += 8;
7946 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7947 {
7948 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7949 off += 4;
7950 }
7951 }
7952 }
7953 }
7954
7955 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7956 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7957 goto copy_reloc;
7958
7959 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7960 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7961 + off
7962 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7963
7964 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7965 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7966 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7967 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7968 if (addend != 0)
7969 info->callbacks->einfo
7970 /* xgettext:c-format */
7971 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7972 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7973 howto->name,
7974 sym_name);
7975 }
7976 break;
7977
7978 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7979 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7980 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7981 at a symbol not in this object. */
7982 if (unresolved_reloc)
7983 {
7984 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7985 h->root.root.string,
7986 input_bfd,
7987 input_section,
7988 rel->r_offset,
7989 TRUE);
7990 goto copy_reloc;
7991 }
7992 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7993 {
7994 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7995 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7996 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7997 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7998 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7999 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
8000 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
8001 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
8002 /* xgettext:c-format */
8003 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
8004 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8005 h->root.root.string);
8006 }
8007 break;
8008
8009 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8010 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8011 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
8012 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8013 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8014 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8015 break;
8016
8017 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8018 object. */
8019 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8020 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8021 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
8022 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8023 if (h != NULL
8024 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8025 && h->dynindx == -1)
8026 {
8027 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8028 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8029 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8030 defined before using them. */
8031 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8032 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8033 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8034 if (insn != 0)
8035 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8036 break;
8037 }
8038 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8039 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8040 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8041 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8042 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8043 goto dodyn;
8044
8045 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8046 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8047 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8048 goto dodyn;
8049
8050 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8051 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8052 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8053 goto dodyn;
8054
8055 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8056 relocation = 1;
8057 addend = 0;
8058 goto dodyn;
8059
8060 case R_PPC_REL16:
8061 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8062 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8063 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8064 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8065 break;
8066
8067 case R_PPC_REL32:
8068 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8069 break;
8070 /* fall through */
8071
8072 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8073 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8074 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8075 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8076 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8077 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8078 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8079 goto dodyn;
8080
8081 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8082 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8083 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8084 case R_PPC_REL24:
8085 case R_PPC_REL14:
8086 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8087 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8088 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8089 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8090 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8091 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8092 break;
8093 /* fall through */
8094
8095 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8096 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8097 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8098 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8099 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8100 break;
8101 /* fall through */
8102
8103 dodyn:
8104 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8105 || is_vxworks_tls)
8106 break;
8107
8108 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8109 ? ((h == NULL
8110 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8111 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8112 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8113 : (h != NULL
8114 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8115 {
8116 int skip;
8117 bfd_byte *loc;
8118 asection *sreloc;
8119 long indx = 0;
8120
8121 #ifdef DEBUG
8122 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8123 "create relocation for %s\n",
8124 (h && h->root.root.string
8125 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8126 #endif
8127
8128 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8129 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8130 time. */
8131 skip = 0;
8132 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8133 input_section,
8134 rel->r_offset);
8135 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8136 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8137 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8138 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8139 + input_section->output_offset);
8140
8141 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8142 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8143 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8144 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8145 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8146 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8147 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8148
8149 if (skip)
8150 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8151 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8152 {
8153 indx = h->dynindx;
8154 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8155 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8156 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8157 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8158 }
8159 else
8160 {
8161 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8162
8163 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8164 {
8165 if (ifunc != NULL)
8166 {
8167 /* If we get here when building a static
8168 executable, then the libc startup function
8169 responsible for applying indirect function
8170 relocations is going to complain about
8171 the reloc type.
8172 If we get here when building a dynamic
8173 executable, it will be because we have
8174 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8175 will set the text segment writable and
8176 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8177 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8178 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8179 info->callbacks->einfo
8180 /* xgettext:c-format */
8181 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8182 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8183 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8184 howto->name,
8185 sym_name);
8186 ret = FALSE;
8187 }
8188 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8189 ;
8190 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8191 {
8192 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8193 ret = FALSE;
8194 }
8195 else
8196 {
8197 asection *osec;
8198
8199 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8200 against a section symbol. It would be
8201 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8202 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8203 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8204 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8205 osec = sec->output_section;
8206 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8207 {
8208 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8209 indx = 0;
8210 }
8211 else
8212 {
8213 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8214 if (indx == 0)
8215 {
8216 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8217 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8218 }
8219 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8220 }
8221
8222 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8223 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8224 addend for them. */
8225 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8226 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8227 }
8228
8229 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8230 }
8231 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8232 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8233 else
8234 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8235 }
8236
8237 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8238 if (ifunc)
8239 {
8240 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8241 if (indx == 0)
8242 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8243 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8244 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8245 }
8246 if (sreloc == NULL)
8247 return FALSE;
8248
8249 loc = sreloc->contents;
8250 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8251 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8252
8253 if (skip == -1)
8254 goto copy_reloc;
8255
8256 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8257 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8258 if (!skip)
8259 {
8260 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8261 addend = 0;
8262 break;
8263 }
8264 }
8265 break;
8266
8267 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8268 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8269 if (h != NULL)
8270 {
8271 struct plt_entry *ent;
8272 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8273
8274 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8275 {
8276 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8277 got2_addend = addend;
8278 addend = 0;
8279 }
8280 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8281 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8282 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8283 + htab->glink->output_offset
8284 + ent->glink_offset);
8285 else
8286 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8287 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8288 + ent->plt.offset);
8289 }
8290 /* Fall through. */
8291
8292 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8293 {
8294 const int *stub;
8295 size_t size;
8296 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8297 unsigned int insn;
8298
8299 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8300 {
8301 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8302 + input_section->output_offset
8303 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8304 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8305 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8306 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8308 stub += 3;
8309 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8310 }
8311 else
8312 {
8313 stub = stub_entry;
8314 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8315 }
8316
8317 relocation += addend;
8318 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8319 relocation = 0;
8320
8321 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8322 insn = *stub++;
8323 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8325 insn_offset += 4;
8326
8327 insn = *stub++;
8328 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8329 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8330 insn_offset += 4;
8331 size -= 2;
8332
8333 while (size != 0)
8334 {
8335 insn = *stub++;
8336 --size;
8337 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8338 insn_offset += 4;
8339 }
8340
8341 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8342 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8343 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8344 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8345 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8346 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8347 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8348 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8349 wrel++, rel++;
8350 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8351 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8352 }
8353 continue;
8354
8355 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8356 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8357 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8358 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8359 {
8360 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8361 break;
8362 }
8363 relocation
8364 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8365 h, relocation, rel);
8366 addend = 0;
8367 break;
8368
8369 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8370 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8371 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8372 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8373 {
8374 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8375 break;
8376 }
8377 relocation
8378 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8379 h, relocation, rel);
8380 addend = 0;
8381 break;
8382
8383 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8384 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8385 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8386 AIX .toc section. */
8387 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8388 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8389 {
8390 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8391 break;
8392 }
8393 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8394 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8395
8396 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8397 break;
8398
8399 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8400 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8401 {
8402 struct plt_entry *ent;
8403
8404 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8405 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8406 if (ent == NULL
8407 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8408 {
8409 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8410 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8411 using -Bsymbolic. */
8412 }
8413 else
8414 {
8415 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8416 procedure linkage table. */
8417 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8418 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8419 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8420 + htab->glink->output_offset
8421 + ent->glink_offset);
8422 else
8423 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8424 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8425 + ent->plt.offset);
8426 }
8427 }
8428
8429 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8430 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8431 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8432 addend = 0;
8433 break;
8434
8435 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8436 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8437 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8438 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8439 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8440 plt_list = NULL;
8441 if (h != NULL)
8442 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8443 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8444 plt_list = ifunc;
8445 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8446 {
8447 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8448 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8449 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8450 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8451 }
8452 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8453 if (plt_list != NULL)
8454 {
8455 struct plt_entry *ent;
8456
8457 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8458 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8459 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8460 {
8461 asection *plt;
8462
8463 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8464 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8465 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8466 || h == NULL
8467 || h->dynindx == -1)
8468 {
8469 if (ifunc != NULL)
8470 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8471 else
8472 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8473 }
8474 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8475 + plt->output_offset
8476 + ent->plt.offset);
8477 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8478 {
8479 bfd_vma got = 0;
8480
8481 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8482 got = (ent->addend
8483 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8484 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8485 else
8486 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8487 relocation -= got;
8488 }
8489 }
8490 }
8491 addend = 0;
8492 break;
8493
8494 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8495 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8496 {
8497 const char *name;
8498 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8499
8500 if (sec == NULL
8501 || sec->output_section == NULL
8502 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8503 {
8504 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8505 break;
8506 }
8507 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8508
8509 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8510 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8511 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8512 {
8513 _bfd_error_handler
8514 /* xgettext:c-format */
8515 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8516 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8517 input_bfd,
8518 sym_name,
8519 howto->name,
8520 name);
8521 }
8522 }
8523 break;
8524
8525 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8526 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8527 {
8528 const char *name;
8529 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8530
8531 if (sec == NULL
8532 || sec->output_section == NULL
8533 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8534 {
8535 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8536 break;
8537 }
8538 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8539
8540 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8541 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8542 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8543 {
8544 _bfd_error_handler
8545 /* xgettext:c-format */
8546 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8547 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8548 input_bfd,
8549 sym_name,
8550 howto->name,
8551 name);
8552 }
8553 }
8554 break;
8555
8556 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8557 relocation = relocation + addend;
8558 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8559 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8560 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8561 goto copy_reloc;
8562
8563 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8564 relocation = relocation + addend;
8565 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8566 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8567 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8568 goto copy_reloc;
8569
8570 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8571 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8572 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8573 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8574 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8575 goto copy_reloc;
8576
8577 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8578 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8579 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8580 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8581 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8582 goto copy_reloc;
8583
8584 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8585 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8586 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8587 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8588 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8589 goto copy_reloc;
8590
8591 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8592 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8593 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8594 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8595 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8596 goto copy_reloc;
8597
8598 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8599 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8600 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8601 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8602 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8603 {
8604 const char *name;
8605 int reg;
8606 unsigned int insn;
8607 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8608
8609 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8610 {
8611 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8612 break;
8613 }
8614
8615 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8616 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8617 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8618 {
8619 reg = 13;
8620 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8621 }
8622 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8623 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8624 {
8625 reg = 2;
8626 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8627 }
8628 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8629 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8630 {
8631 reg = 0;
8632 }
8633 else
8634 {
8635 _bfd_error_handler
8636 /* xgettext:c-format */
8637 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8638 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8639 input_bfd,
8640 sym_name,
8641 howto->name,
8642 name);
8643
8644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8645 ret = FALSE;
8646 goto copy_reloc;
8647 }
8648
8649 if (sda != NULL)
8650 {
8651 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8652 {
8653 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8654 break;
8655 }
8656 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8657 }
8658
8659 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8660 break;
8661
8662 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8663 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8664 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8665 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8666 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8667 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8668 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8669 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8670 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8671
8672 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8673 if (reg == 0
8674 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8675 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8676 {
8677 relocation = relocation + addend;
8678 addend = 0;
8679
8680 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8681 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8682 insn |= 28u << 26;
8683
8684 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8685 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8686 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8687 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8688 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8689 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8690 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8691
8692 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8693
8694 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8695 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8696 goto overflow;
8697 goto copy_reloc;
8698 }
8699 /* Fill in register field. */
8700 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8701 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8702 }
8703 break;
8704
8705 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8706 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8707 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8708 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8709 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8710 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8711 {
8712 bfd_vma value;
8713 const char *name;
8714 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8715
8716 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8717 {
8718 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8719 break;
8720 }
8721
8722 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8723 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8724 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8725 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8726 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8727 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8728 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8729 else
8730 {
8731 _bfd_error_handler
8732 /* xgettext:c-format */
8733 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8734 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8735 input_bfd,
8736 sym_name,
8737 howto->name,
8738 name);
8739
8740 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8741 ret = FALSE;
8742 goto copy_reloc;
8743 }
8744
8745 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8746 {
8747 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8748 break;
8749 }
8750 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8751
8752 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8753 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8754 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8755 split16a_type,
8756 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8757 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8758 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8759 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8760 split16d_type,
8761 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8762 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8763 {
8764 value = value >> 16;
8765 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8766 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8767 split16a_type,
8768 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8769 }
8770 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8771 {
8772 value = value >> 16;
8773 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8774 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8775 split16d_type,
8776 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8777 }
8778 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8779 {
8780 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8781 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8782 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8783 split16a_type,
8784 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8785 }
8786 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8787 {
8788 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8789 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8790 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8791 split16d_type,
8792 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8793 }
8794 }
8795 goto copy_reloc;
8796
8797 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8798 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation);
8799 goto copy_reloc;
8800
8801 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8802 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8803 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8804 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8805 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8806 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8807 {
8808 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8809 break;
8810 }
8811 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8812 break;
8813
8814 /* Negative relocations. */
8815 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8816 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8817 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8818 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8819 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8820 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8821 break;
8822
8823 case R_PPC_COPY:
8824 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8825 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8826 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8827 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8828 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8829 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8830 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8831 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8832 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8833 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8834 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8835 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8836 /* xgettext:c-format */
8837 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8838 input_bfd, howto->name);
8839
8840 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8841 ret = FALSE;
8842 goto copy_reloc;
8843 }
8844
8845 switch (r_type)
8846 {
8847 default:
8848 break;
8849
8850 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8851 if (unresolved_reloc)
8852 {
8853 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8854 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8855 insn &= 1;
8856 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8857 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8858 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8859 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8860 }
8861 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8862 info->callbacks->einfo
8863 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8864 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8865 howto->name);
8866 break;
8867
8868 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8869 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8870 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8871 if (unresolved_reloc)
8872 {
8873 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8874 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8875 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8876 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8877 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8878 }
8879 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8880 info->callbacks->einfo
8881 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8882 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8883 howto->name);
8884 break;
8885 }
8886
8887 /* Do any further special processing. */
8888 switch (r_type)
8889 {
8890 default:
8891 break;
8892
8893 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8894 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8895 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8896 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8897 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8898 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8899 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8900 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8901 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8902 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8903 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8904 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8905 if (sec == NULL)
8906 break;
8907 /* Fall through. */
8908
8909 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8910 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8911 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8912 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8913 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8914 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8915 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8916 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8917 addend += 0x8000;
8918 break;
8919
8920 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8921 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8922 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8923 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8924 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8925 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8926 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8927 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8928 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8929 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8930 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8931 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8932 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8933 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8934 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8935 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8936 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8937 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8938 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8939 {
8940 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8941 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8942 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8943 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8944
8945 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8946 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8947 mask = 0;
8948 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8949 mask = 3;
8950 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8951 mask = 15;
8952 else
8953 break;
8954 relocation += addend;
8955 addend = insn & mask;
8956 lobit = mask & relocation;
8957 if (lobit != 0)
8958 {
8959 relocation ^= lobit;
8960 info->callbacks->einfo
8961 /* xgettext:c-format */
8962 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8963 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8964 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
8965 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8966 ret = FALSE;
8967 }
8968 }
8969 break;
8970 }
8971
8972 #ifdef DEBUG
8973 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8974 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8975 howto->name,
8976 (int) r_type,
8977 sym_name,
8978 r_symndx,
8979 (long) rel->r_offset,
8980 (long) addend);
8981 #endif
8982
8983 if (unresolved_reloc
8984 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8985 && h->def_dynamic)
8986 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
8987 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
8988 {
8989 info->callbacks->einfo
8990 /* xgettext:c-format */
8991 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8992 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8993 howto->name,
8994 sym_name);
8995 ret = FALSE;
8996 }
8997
8998 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8999 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9000 have different reloc types. */
9001 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
9002 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
9003 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
9004 {
9005 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
9006
9007 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
9008 {
9009 unsigned int insn;
9010
9011 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
9012 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9013 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9014 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9015 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9016 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9017 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9018 }
9019 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9020 {
9021 alt_howto = *howto;
9022 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9023 howto = &alt_howto;
9024 }
9025 }
9026
9027 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9028 {
9029 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9030 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size)
9031 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9032 else
9033 {
9034 unsigned int insn;
9035
9036 relocation += addend;
9037 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9038 + input_section->output_offset
9039 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9040 relocation >>= 16;
9041 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9042 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9043 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9044 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9045 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9046 }
9047 }
9048 else
9049 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9050 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9051
9052 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9053 {
9054 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9055 {
9056 overflow:
9057 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9058 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9059 if (!warned
9060 && !(h != NULL
9061 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9062 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9063 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9064 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9065 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9066 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9067 }
9068 else
9069 {
9070 info->callbacks->einfo
9071 /* xgettext:c-format */
9072 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9073 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9074 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9075 ret = FALSE;
9076 }
9077 }
9078 copy_reloc:
9079 if (wrel != rel)
9080 *wrel = *rel;
9081 }
9082
9083 if (wrel != rel)
9084 {
9085 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9086 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9087
9088 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9089 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9090 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9091 {
9092 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9093 one NONE reloc.
9094 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9095 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9096 deleted -= 1;
9097 wrel++;
9098 }
9099 relend = wrel;
9100 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9101 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9102 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9103 }
9104
9105 #ifdef DEBUG
9106 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9107 #endif
9108
9109 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9110 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9111 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9112 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9113 {
9114 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9115 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9116 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9117 }
9118
9119 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9120 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9121 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9122 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9123 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9124 {
9125 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9126 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9127
9128 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9129 {
9130 bfd_byte *p;
9131 unsigned int n;
9132 bfd_byte fill[4];
9133
9134 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9135 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9136 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9137 while (n--)
9138 {
9139 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9140 p += 4;
9141 }
9142 }
9143
9144 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9145 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9146 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9147 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9148 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9149
9150 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9151 + input_section->output_offset);
9152 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9153 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9154 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9155 addr < end_addr;
9156 addr += pagesize)
9157 {
9158 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9159 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9160 bfd_boolean is_data;
9161 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9162 unsigned int insn;
9163
9164 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9165 the word alone. */
9166 is_data = FALSE;
9167 lo = relocs;
9168 hi = relend;
9169 rel = NULL;
9170 while (lo < hi)
9171 {
9172 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9173 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9174 lo = rel + 1;
9175 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9176 hi = rel;
9177 else
9178 {
9179 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9180 {
9181 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9182 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9183 case R_PPC_REL32:
9184 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9185 is_data = TRUE;
9186 break;
9187 default:
9188 break;
9189 }
9190 break;
9191 }
9192 }
9193 if (is_data)
9194 continue;
9195
9196 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9197 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9198 avoid the icache failure.
9199
9200 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9201 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9202 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9203 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9204 unconditional branches:
9205 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9206 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9207 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9208 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9209 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9210 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9211 instruction is not executed.
9212
9213 A bctr example:
9214 .
9215 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9216 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9217 . mtctr 9
9218 . bctr
9219 . nop
9220 . nop
9221 . new_page:
9222 .
9223 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9224 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9225 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9226 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9227 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9228 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9229 place:
9230 .
9231 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9232 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9233 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9234 . bctr bctr
9235 . nop b somewhere_else
9236 . b somewhere_else nop
9237 . new_page: new_page:
9238 . */
9239 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9240 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9241 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9242 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9243 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9244 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9245 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9246 continue;
9247
9248 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9249 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9250 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9251 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9252 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9253
9254 if (rel != NULL
9255 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9256 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9257 {
9258 asection *sreloc;
9259
9260 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9261 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9262 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9263 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9264 {
9265 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9266
9267 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9268 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9269 relend[-1] = tmp;
9270 }
9271 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9272
9273 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9274 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9275 {
9276 case R_PPC_REL16:
9277 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9278 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9279 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9280 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9281 break;
9282 default:
9283 break;
9284 }
9285
9286 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9287 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9288 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9289 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9290 if (sreloc != NULL)
9291 {
9292 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9293 bfd_vma soffset;
9294
9295 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9296 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9297 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9298 + input_section->output_offset);
9299 while (slo < shi)
9300 {
9301 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9303 &outrel);
9304 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9305 slo = srel + 1;
9306 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9307 shi = srel;
9308 else
9309 {
9310 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9311 {
9312 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9313 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9314 srel = srelend - 1;
9315 }
9316 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9317 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9318 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9319 break;
9320 }
9321 }
9322 }
9323 }
9324 else
9325 rel = NULL;
9326
9327 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9328 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9329 {
9330 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9331
9332 delta += offset - patch_off;
9333 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9334 delta = 0;
9335 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9336 {
9337 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9338
9339 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9340 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9341 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9342 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9343 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9344 else
9345 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9346
9347 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9348 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9349 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9350 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9351 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9352 }
9353 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9354 {
9355 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9356 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9357 contents + patch_off);
9358 patch_off += 4;
9359 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9360 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9361 contents + patch_off);
9362 patch_off += 4;
9363 }
9364 else
9365 {
9366 if (rel != NULL)
9367 {
9368 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9369
9370 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9371 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9372 }
9373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9374 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9375 contents + patch_off);
9376 patch_off += 4;
9377 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9378 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9379 contents + patch_off);
9380 patch_off += 4;
9381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9382 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9383 contents + patch_off);
9384 patch_off += 4;
9385 }
9386 }
9387 else
9388 {
9389 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9390 patch_off += 4;
9391 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9392 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9393 contents + patch_off);
9394 patch_off += 4;
9395 }
9396 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9397 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9398 }
9399 }
9400
9401 return ret;
9402 }
9403 \f
9404 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9405
9406 static bfd_boolean
9407 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9408 {
9409 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9410 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9411 struct plt_entry *ent;
9412 bfd_boolean doneone;
9413
9414 doneone = FALSE;
9415 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9416 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9417 {
9418 if (!doneone)
9419 {
9420 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9421 bfd_byte *loc;
9422 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9423 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9424 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9425
9426 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9427 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9428 || h->dynindx == -1)
9429 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9430 else
9431 {
9432 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9433 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9434 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9435 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9436 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9437 }
9438
9439 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9440 Set it up. */
9441 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
9442 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9443 && h->dynindx != -1)
9444 {
9445 bfd_vma got_offset;
9446 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9447
9448 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9449 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9450
9451 /* Use the right PLT. */
9452 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9453 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9454
9455 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9456 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9457 {
9458 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9459 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9460 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9461 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9462 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9463 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9464 }
9465 else
9466 {
9467 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9468
9469 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9470 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9471 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9472 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9473 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9474 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9475 }
9476
9477 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9478 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9479 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9480 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9481
9482 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9483 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9484 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9485 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9486 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9487 prescaled offset. */
9488 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9489 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9490 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9491 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9492 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9493 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9494 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9495 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9496 offset. */
9497 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9498 (plt_entry[5]
9499 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9500 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9501 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9502 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9503 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9504 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9505
9506 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9507 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9508 in this PLT entry. */
9509 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9510 + plt->output_offset
9511 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9512 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9513
9514 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9515 {
9516 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9517 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9518 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9519 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9520 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9521
9522 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9523 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9524 + plt->output_offset
9525 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9526 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9527 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9528 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9529 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9530 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9531
9532 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9533 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9534 + plt->output_offset
9535 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9536 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9537 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9538 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9539 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9540 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9541
9542 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9543 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9544 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9545 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9546 + got_offset);
9547 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9548 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9549 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9550 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9551 }
9552
9553 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9554 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9555 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9556 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9557 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9558 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9559 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9560 + got_offset);
9561 rela.r_addend = 0;
9562 }
9563 else
9564 {
9565 rela.r_addend = 0;
9566 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9567 || h->dynindx == -1)
9568 {
9569 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9570 {
9571 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9572 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9573 }
9574 else
9575 {
9576 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9577 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9578 }
9579 if (h->def_regular
9580 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9581 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9582 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9583 }
9584
9585 if (relplt == NULL)
9586 {
9587 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9588 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9589 }
9590 else
9591 {
9592 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9593 + plt->output_offset
9594 + ent->plt.offset);
9595
9596 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
9597 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9598 || h->dynindx == -1)
9599 {
9600 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9601 linker will fill it in. */
9602 }
9603 else
9604 {
9605 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9606 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9607 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9608 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9609 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9610 }
9611 }
9612 }
9613
9614 if (relplt != NULL)
9615 {
9616 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9617 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9618 || h->dynindx == -1)
9619 {
9620 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9621 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9622 else
9623 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9624 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9625 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9626 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9627 }
9628 else
9629 {
9630 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9631 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9632 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9633 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9634 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9635 }
9636 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9637 }
9638 doneone = TRUE;
9639 }
9640
9641 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9642 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9643 || h->dynindx == -1)
9644 {
9645 unsigned char *p;
9646 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9647
9648 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9649 || h->dynindx == -1)
9650 {
9651 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9652 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9653 else
9654 break;
9655 }
9656
9657 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9658 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9659
9660 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9661 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9662 break;
9663 }
9664 else
9665 break;
9666 }
9667 return TRUE;
9668 }
9669
9670 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9671
9672 bfd_boolean
9673 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9674 {
9675 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9676 bfd *ibfd;
9677
9678 if (!htab)
9679 return TRUE;
9680
9681 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9682
9683 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9684 {
9685 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9686 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9687 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9688 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9689 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9690 struct plt_entry *ent;
9691
9692 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9693 continue;
9694
9695 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9696 if (!local_got)
9697 continue;
9698
9699 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9700 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9701 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9702 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9703 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9704 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9705 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9706 {
9707 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9708 {
9709 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9710 asection *sym_sec;
9711 asection *plt, *relplt;
9712 bfd_byte *loc;
9713 bfd_vma val;
9714 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9715 unsigned char *p;
9716
9717 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9718 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9719 {
9720 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9721 free (local_syms);
9722 return FALSE;
9723 }
9724
9725 val = sym->st_value;
9726 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9727 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9728
9729 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9730 {
9731 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9732 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9733 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9734 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9735 }
9736 else
9737 {
9738 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9739 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9740 {
9741 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9742 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9743 }
9744 else
9745 {
9746 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9747 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9748 continue;
9749 }
9750 }
9751
9752 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9753 + plt->output_offset
9754 + plt->output_section->vma);
9755 rela.r_addend = val;
9756 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9757 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9758 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9759
9760 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9761 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9762 }
9763 }
9764
9765 if (local_syms != NULL
9766 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9767 {
9768 if (!info->keep_memory)
9769 free (local_syms);
9770 else
9771 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9772 }
9773 }
9774 return TRUE;
9775 }
9776
9777 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9778 dynamic sections here. */
9779
9780 static bfd_boolean
9781 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9782 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9783 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9784 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9785 {
9786 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9787 struct plt_entry *ent;
9788
9789 #ifdef DEBUG
9790 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9791 h->root.root.string);
9792 #endif
9793
9794 if (!h->def_regular
9795 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9796 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9797 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9798 {
9799 if (!h->def_regular)
9800 {
9801 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9802 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9803 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9804 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9805 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9806 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9807 to zero. */
9808 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9809 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9810 sym->st_value = 0;
9811 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9812 {
9813 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9814 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9815 function pointer. */
9816 sym->st_value = 0;
9817 }
9818 }
9819 else
9820 {
9821 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9822 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9823 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9824 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9825 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9826 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9827 relocation. */
9828 sym->st_shndx
9829 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9830 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9831 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9832 + htab->glink->output_offset
9833 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9834 }
9835 break;
9836 }
9837
9838 if (h->needs_copy)
9839 {
9840 asection *s;
9841 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9842 bfd_byte *loc;
9843
9844 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9845
9846 #ifdef DEBUG
9847 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9848 #endif
9849
9850 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9851
9852 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9853 s = htab->relsbss;
9854 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9855 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9856 else
9857 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9858 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9859
9860 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9861 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9862 rela.r_addend = 0;
9863 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9864 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9865 }
9866
9867 #ifdef DEBUG
9868 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9869 #endif
9870
9871 return TRUE;
9872 }
9873 \f
9874 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9875 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9876 const asection *rel_sec,
9877 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9878 {
9879 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9880
9881 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9882 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9883
9884 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9885 {
9886 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9887 return reloc_class_relative;
9888 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9889 return reloc_class_plt;
9890 case R_PPC_COPY:
9891 return reloc_class_copy;
9892 default:
9893 return reloc_class_normal;
9894 }
9895 }
9896 \f
9897 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9898
9899 static bfd_boolean
9900 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9901 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9902 {
9903 asection *sdyn;
9904 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9905 bfd_vma got;
9906 bfd *dynobj;
9907 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
9908
9909 #ifdef DEBUG
9910 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9911 #endif
9912
9913 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9914 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9915 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9916
9917 got = 0;
9918 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9919 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9920
9921 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9922 {
9923 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9924
9925 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9926
9927 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9928 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9929 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9930 {
9931 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9932 asection *s;
9933
9934 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9935
9936 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9937 {
9938 case DT_PLTGOT:
9939 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9940 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9941 else
9942 s = htab->elf.splt;
9943 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9944 break;
9945
9946 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9947 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9948 break;
9949
9950 case DT_JMPREL:
9951 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9952 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9953 break;
9954
9955 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9956 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9957 break;
9958
9959 case DT_TEXTREL:
9960 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9961 info->callbacks->einfo
9962 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9963 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9964 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
9965 info->callbacks->einfo
9966 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9967 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9968 continue;
9969
9970 default:
9971 if (htab->is_vxworks
9972 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
9973 break;
9974 continue;
9975 }
9976
9977 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
9978 }
9979 }
9980
9981 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
9982 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9983 {
9984 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
9985 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
9986 {
9987 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
9988
9989 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
9990 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9991 {
9992 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9993 so that a function can easily find the address of
9994 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9995 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
9996 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9997 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
9998 }
9999
10000 if (sdyn != NULL)
10001 {
10002 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
10003 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
10004 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10005 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
10006 }
10007 }
10008 else
10009 {
10010 /* xgettext:c-format */
10011 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10012 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10013 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10014 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10015 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10016 ret = FALSE;
10017 }
10018
10019 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10020 }
10021
10022 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10023 if (htab->is_vxworks
10024 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10025 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10026 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10027 {
10028 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10029 /* Use the right PLT. */
10030 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10031 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10032 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10033
10034 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10035 {
10036 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10037
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10039 splt->contents + 0);
10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10041 splt->contents + 4);
10042 }
10043 else
10044 {
10045 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10046 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10047 }
10048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10051 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10054
10055 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10056 {
10057 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10058 bfd_byte *loc;
10059
10060 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10061
10062 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10063 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10064 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10065 + 2);
10066 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10067 rela.r_addend = 0;
10068 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10069 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10070
10071 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10072 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10073 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10074 + 6);
10075 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10076 rela.r_addend = 0;
10077 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10078 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10079
10080 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10081 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10082 in which symbols were output. */
10083 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10084 {
10085 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10086
10087 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10088 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10089 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10090 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10091
10092 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10093 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10094 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10095 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10096
10097 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10098 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10099 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10100 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10101 }
10102 }
10103 }
10104
10105 if (htab->glink != NULL
10106 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10107 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10108 {
10109 unsigned char *p;
10110 unsigned char *endp;
10111 bfd_vma res0;
10112
10113 /*
10114 * PIC glink code is the following:
10115 *
10116 * # ith PLT code stub.
10117 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10118 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10119 * mtctr 11
10120 * bctr
10121 *
10122 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10123 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10124 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10125 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10126 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10127 * .
10128 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10129 * res_n_m3: nop
10130 * res_n_m2: nop
10131 * res_n_m1:
10132 *
10133 * PLTresolve:
10134 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10135 * mflr 0
10136 * bcl 20,31,1f
10137 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10138 * mflr 12
10139 * mtlr 0
10140 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10141 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10142 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10143 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10144 * mtctr 0
10145 * add 0,11,11
10146 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10147 * bctr
10148 *
10149 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10150 *
10151 * # ith PLT code stub.
10152 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10153 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10154 * mtctr 11
10155 * bctr
10156 *
10157 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10158 *
10159 * PLTresolve:
10160 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10161 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10162 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10163 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10164 * mtctr 0
10165 * add 0,11,11
10166 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10167 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10168 * bctr
10169 */
10170
10171 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10172 and perhaps some padding. */
10173 p = htab->glink->contents;
10174 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10175 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10176 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10177 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10178 {
10179 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10180 p += 4;
10181 }
10182 while (p < endp)
10183 {
10184 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10185 p += 4;
10186 }
10187
10188 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10189 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10190 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10191
10192 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10193 {
10194 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10195 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10196 glink branch table. */
10197 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10198 bfd_vma page_addr;
10199 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10200 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10201
10202 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10203 page_addr > glink_start;
10204 page_addr -= pagesize)
10205 {
10206 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10207 bfd_byte *loc;
10208 unsigned int insn;
10209
10210 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10211 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10212 if (insn == BCTR)
10213 {
10214 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10215 one other call stub before this one. */
10216 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10217 if (insn == BCTR)
10218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10219 else
10220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10221 }
10222 }
10223 }
10224
10225 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10226 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10227 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10228 {
10229 bfd_vma bcl;
10230
10231 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10232 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10233 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10234
10235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10236 p += 4;
10237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10238 p += 4;
10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10240 p += 4;
10241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10242 p += 4;
10243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10244 p += 4;
10245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10246 p += 4;
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10248 p += 4;
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10250 p += 4;
10251 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10252 {
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10254 p += 4;
10255 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10256 p += 4;
10257 }
10258 else
10259 {
10260 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10261 p += 4;
10262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10263 p += 4;
10264 }
10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10266 p += 4;
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10268 }
10269 else
10270 {
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10272 p += 4;
10273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10274 p += 4;
10275 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10277 else
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10279 p += 4;
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10281 p += 4;
10282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10283 p += 4;
10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10285 p += 4;
10286 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10287 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10288 else
10289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10290 }
10291 p += 4;
10292 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10293 p += 4;
10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10295 p += 4;
10296 while (p < endp)
10297 {
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10299 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10300 p += 4;
10301 }
10302 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10303 }
10304
10305 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10306 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10307 {
10308 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10309 bfd_vma val;
10310
10311 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10312 /* FDE length. */
10313 p += 4;
10314 /* CIE pointer. */
10315 p += 4;
10316 /* Offset to .glink. */
10317 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10318 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10319 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10320 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10321 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10322 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10323
10324 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10325 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10326 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10327 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10328 return FALSE;
10329 }
10330
10331 return ret;
10332 }
10333 \f
10334 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10335 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10336 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10337 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10338 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10339 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10340 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10341 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10342 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10343 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10344 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10345
10346 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10347 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10348 #endif
10349
10350 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10351 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10352 #endif
10353
10354 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10355 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10356 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10357 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10358 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10359 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10360
10361 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10362 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10363 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10364 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10365 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10366 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10367 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10368 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10369
10370 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10371 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10372 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10373 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10374 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10375 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10376 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10377 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10378 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10379 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10380 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10381 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10382 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10383 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10384 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10385 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10386 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10387 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10388 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10389 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10390 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10391 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10392 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10393 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10394 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10395 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10396 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10397 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10398 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10399
10400 #include "elf32-target.h"
10401
10402 /* FreeBSD Target */
10403
10404 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10405 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10406
10407 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10408 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10409 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10410 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10411
10412 #undef ELF_OSABI
10413 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10414
10415 #undef elf32_bed
10416 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10417
10418 #include "elf32-target.h"
10419
10420 /* VxWorks Target */
10421
10422 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10423 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10424
10425 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10426 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10427 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10428 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10429
10430 #undef ELF_OSABI
10431
10432 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10433 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10434 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10435 {
10436 if (sec->name == NULL)
10437 return NULL;
10438
10439 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10440 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10441
10442 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10443 }
10444
10445 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10446 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10447 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10448 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10449 {
10450 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10451
10452 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10453 if (ret)
10454 {
10455 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10456 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10457 htab->is_vxworks = 1;
10458 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10459 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10460 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10461 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10462 }
10463 return ret;
10464 }
10465
10466 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10467 static bfd_boolean
10468 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10469 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10470 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10471 const char **namep,
10472 flagword *flagsp,
10473 asection **secp,
10474 bfd_vma *valp)
10475 {
10476 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10477 valp))
10478 return FALSE;
10479
10480 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10481 }
10482
10483 static bfd_boolean
10484 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10485 {
10486 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10487 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10488 }
10489
10490 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10491 define it. */
10492 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10493 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10494 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10495 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10496 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10497 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10498 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10499 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10500 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10501 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10502 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10503 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10504 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10505 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10506
10507 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10508
10509 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10510 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10511 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10512 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10513 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10514 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10515 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10516 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10517 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10518 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10519 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10520 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10521 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10522 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10523 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10524 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10525 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10526 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10527
10528 #undef elf32_bed
10529 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10530
10531 #include "elf32-target.h"
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.342966 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.